a4ed1e0d2c39286d95a53d98db4b0bdc51836260 Merge parents 7ab9bea 3c4e793 larrym Wed Jul 25 15:20:22 2012 -0700 resolve merge conflict with master diff --cc src/hg/lib/hui.c index 6d7f11a,b5c3565..1750298 --- src/hg/lib/hui.c +++ src/hg/lib/hui.c @@@ -1,7785 -1,7937 +1,7930 @@@ /* hui - human genome user interface common controls. */ #include "common.h" #include "hash.h" #include "cheapcgi.h" #include "htmshell.h" #include "jksql.h" #include "jsHelper.h" #include "sqlNum.h" #include "cart.h" #include "hdb.h" #include "hui.h" #include "hCommon.h" #include "hgConfig.h" #include "chainCart.h" #include "chainDb.h" #include "netCart.h" #include "obscure.h" #include "wiggle.h" #include "phyloTree.h" #include "hgMaf.h" #include "udc.h" #include "customTrack.h" #include "encode/encodePeak.h" #include "mdb.h" #include "web.h" #include "hPrint.h" #include "fileUi.h" #include "bigBed.h" #include "bigWig.h" #include "regexHelper.h" #include "vcfUi.h" #include "vcf.h" #include "errCatch.h" #include "samAlignment.h" #include "makeItemsItem.h" #include "bedDetail.h" #include "pgSnp.h" #include "memgfx.h" #define SMALLBUF 128 #define MAX_SUBGROUP 9 #define ADD_BUTTON_LABEL "add" #define CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL "clear" #define JBUFSIZE 2048 #ifdef BUTTONS_BY_CSS - #define BUTTON_PM "<span class='pmButton' onclick=\"setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',%s,true,'%s','','%s')\">%c</span>" - #define BUTTON_DEF "<span class='pmButton' onclick=\"setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',true,false,'%s','','%s'); " \ - "setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',false,false,'%s','_defOff','%s');\" style='width:56px;font-weight:normal; font-family:default;'>default</span>" - #define DEFAULT_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) printf(BUTTON_DEF,(nameOrId), (beg),(contains),(nameOrId),(beg),(contains)) - #define PLUS_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) printf(BUTTON_PM, (nameOrId),"true", (beg),(contains),'+') - #define MINUS_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) printf(BUTTON_PM, (nameOrId),"false",(beg),(contains),'-') + #define BUTTON_PM "<span class='pmButton' " \ + "onclick=\"setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',%s,true,'%s','','%s')\">%c</span>" + #define BUTTON_DEF "<span class='pmButton' " \ + "onclick=\"setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',true,false,'%s','','%s'); " \ + "setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',false,false,'%s','_defOff','%s');\" " \ + "style='width:56px;font-weight:normal; font-family:default;'>default</span>" + #define DEFAULT_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) \ + printf(BUTTON_DEF,(nameOrId), (beg),(contains),(nameOrId),(beg),(contains)) + #define PLUS_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) \ + printf(BUTTON_PM, (nameOrId),"true", (beg),(contains),'+') + #define MINUS_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) \ + printf(BUTTON_PM, (nameOrId),"false",(beg),(contains),'-') #else///ifndef BUTTONS_BY_CSS - #define PM_BUTTON "<IMG height=18 width=18 onclick=\"setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',%s,true,'%s','','%s');\" id=\"btn_%s\" src=\"../images/%s\" alt=\"%s\">\n" - #define DEF_BUTTON "<IMG onclick=\"setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',true,false,'%s','','%s'); setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',false,false,'%s','_defOff','%s');\" id=\"btn_%s\" src=\"../images/%s\" alt=\"%s\">\n" - #define DEFAULT_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) printf(DEF_BUTTON,(nameOrId), (beg),(contains),(nameOrId),(beg),(contains),(anc),"defaults_sm.png","default") - #define PLUS_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) printf(PM_BUTTON, (nameOrId),"true", (beg),(contains),(anc),"add_sm.gif", "+") - #define MINUS_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) printf(PM_BUTTON, (nameOrId),"false",(beg),(contains),(anc),"remove_sm.gif","-") + #define PM_BUTTON "<IMG height=18 width=18 onclick=\"setCheckBoxesThatContain(" \ + "'%s',%s,true,'%s','','%s');\" id=\"btn_%s\" src=\"../images/%s\" alt=\"%s\">\n" + #define DEF_BUTTON "<IMG onclick=\"setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',true,false,'%s','','%s'); " \ + "setCheckBoxesThatContain('%s',false,false,'%s','_defOff','%s');\" " \ + "id=\"btn_%s\" src=\"../images/%s\" alt=\"%s\">\n" + #define DEFAULT_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) \ + printf(DEF_BUTTON,(nameOrId),(beg),(contains),(nameOrId),(beg),(contains),(anc), \ + "defaults_sm.png","default") + #define PLUS_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) \ + printf(PM_BUTTON, (nameOrId),"true", (beg),(contains),(anc),"add_sm.gif", "+") + #define MINUS_BUTTON(nameOrId,anc,beg,contains) \ + printf(PM_BUTTON, (nameOrId),"false",(beg),(contains),(anc),"remove_sm.gif","-") #endif///ndef BUTTONS_BY_CSS - static char *htmlStringForDownloadsLink(char *database, struct trackDb *tdb,char *name,boolean nameIsFile) + static char *htmlStringForDownloadsLink(char *database, struct trackDb *tdb, + char *name,boolean nameIsFile) // Returns an HTML string for a downloads link { // If has fileSortOrder, then link to new hgFileUi if (!nameIsFile && trackDbSetting(tdb, FILE_SORT_ORDER) != NULL) { char * link = needMem(PATH_LEN); // 512 should be enough - safef(link,PATH_LEN,"<A HREF='%s?db=%s&g=%s' title='Downloadable Files...'>%s</A>", // NOTE: TARGET=ucscDownloads ?? - hgFileUiName(), database, /*cartSessionVarName(), cartSessionId(cart),*/ tdb->track, name); // Note the hgsid would be needed if downloads page ever saved fileSortOrder to cart. + safef(link,PATH_LEN,"<A HREF='%s?db=%s&g=%s' title='Downloadable Files...' TARGET='ucscDownloads'>%s</A>", + hgFileUiName(),database, /*cartSessionVarName(),cartSessionId(cart),*/ tdb->track, name); + // Note the hgsid would be needed if downloads page ever saved fileSortOrder to cart. return link; } - else if(trackDbSetting(tdb, "wgEncode") != NULL) // Downloads directory if this is ENCODE + else if (trackDbSetting(tdb, "wgEncode") != NULL) // Downloads directory if this is ENCODE { const char *compositeDir = metadataFindValue(tdb, MDB_OBJ_TYPE_COMPOSITE); + if (compositeDir == NULL && tdbIsComposite(tdb)) + compositeDir = tdb->track; if (compositeDir != NULL) { - struct dyString *dyLink = dyStringCreate("<A HREF=\"http://%s/goldenPath/%s/%s/%s/%s\" title='Download %s' class='file' TARGET=ucscDownloads>%s</A>", - hDownloadsServer(), database, - ENCODE_DCC_DOWNLOADS, compositeDir, (nameIsFile?name:""), nameIsFile?"file":"files",name); + struct dyString *dyLink = + dyStringCreate("<A HREF=\"http://%s/goldenPath/%s/%s/%s/%s\" title='Download %s' " + "class='file' TARGET=ucscDownloads>%s</A>", + hDownloadsServer(), database, ENCODE_DCC_DOWNLOADS, compositeDir, + (nameIsFile?name:""), nameIsFile?"file":"files",name); return dyStringCannibalize(&dyLink); } } return NULL; } static boolean makeNamedDownloadsLink(char *database, struct trackDb *tdb,char *name) // Make a downloads link (if appropriate and then returns TRUE) { char *htmlString = htmlStringForDownloadsLink(database,trackDbTopLevelSelfOrParent(tdb),name,FALSE); if (htmlString == NULL) return FALSE; printf("%s", htmlString); freeMem(htmlString); return TRUE; } boolean makeDownloadsLink(char *database, struct trackDb *tdb) // Make a downloads link (if appropriate and then returns TRUE) { return makeNamedDownloadsLink(database, tdb,"Downloads"); } void makeTopLink(struct trackDb *tdb) - /* Link to top of UI page */ + // Link to top of UI page { if (trackDbSetting(tdb, "dimensions")) { char *upArrow = "⇑"; enum browserType browser = cgiBrowser(); if (browser == btIE || browser == btFF) upArrow = "↑"; - // Note: the nested spans are so that javascript can determine position and selectively display the link when appropriate - printf("<span class='navUp' style='float:right; display:none'> <A HREF='#' TITLE='Return to top of page'>Top%s</A></span>",upArrow); + // Note: the nested spans are so that javascript can determine position + // and selectively display the link when appropriate + printf("<span class='navUp' style='float:right; display:none'> " + "<A HREF='#' TITLE='Return to top of page'>Top%s</A></span>",upArrow); } } boolean makeSchemaLink(char *db,struct trackDb *tdb,char *label) // Make a table schema link (if appropriate and then returns TRUE) { - #define SCHEMA_LINKED "<A HREF=\"../cgi-bin/hgTables?db=%s&hgta_group=%s&hgta_track=%s&hgta_table=%s&hgta_doSchema=describe+table+schema\" TARGET=ucscSchema%s>%s</A>" + #define SCHEMA_LINKED "<A HREF=\"../cgi-bin/hgTables?db=%s&hgta_group=%s&hgta_track=%s" \ + "&hgta_table=%s&hgta_doSchema=describe+table+schema\" " \ + "TARGET=ucscSchema%s>%s</A>" if (hTableOrSplitExists(db, tdb->table)) { char *tbOff = trackDbSetting(tdb, "tableBrowser"); if (isNotEmpty(tbOff) && sameString(nextWord(&tbOff), "off")) return FALSE; char *hint = " title='Open table schema in new window'"; - if( label == NULL) + if (label == NULL) label = " View table schema"; struct trackDb *topLevel = trackDbTopLevelSelfOrParent(tdb); printf(SCHEMA_LINKED, db, topLevel->grp, topLevel->track, tdb->table, hint, label); return TRUE; } return FALSE; } char *controlledVocabLink(char *file,char *term,char *value,char *title, char *label,char *suffix) // returns allocated string of HTML link to controlled vocabulary term { - #define VOCAB_LINK_WITH_FILE "<A HREF='hgEncodeVocab?ra=%s&%s=\"%s\"' title='%s details' class='cv' TARGET=ucscVocab>%s</A>" - #define VOCAB_LINK "<A HREF='hgEncodeVocab?%s=\"%s\"' title='%s details' class='cv' TARGET=ucscVocab>%s</A>" + #define VOCAB_LINK_WITH_FILE "<A HREF='hgEncodeVocab?ra=%s&%s=\"%s\"' title='%s details' " \ + "class='cv' TARGET=ucscVocab>%s</A>" + #define VOCAB_LINK "<A HREF='hgEncodeVocab?%s=\"%s\"' title='%s details' class='cv' " \ + "TARGET=ucscVocab>%s</A>" struct dyString *dyLink = NULL; char *encTerm = cgiEncode(term); char *encValue = cgiEncode(value); if (file != NULL) { char *encFile = cgiEncode(file); dyLink = dyStringCreate(VOCAB_LINK_WITH_FILE,encFile,encTerm,encValue,title,label); freeMem(encFile); } else dyLink = dyStringCreate(VOCAB_LINK,encTerm,encValue,title,label); if (suffix != NULL) dyStringAppend(dyLink,suffix); // Don't encode since this may contain HTML freeMem(encTerm); freeMem(encValue); return dyStringCannibalize(&dyLink); } char *metadataAsHtmlTable(char *db,struct trackDb *tdb,boolean showLongLabel,boolean showShortLabel) - /* If metadata from metaDb exists, return string of html with table definition */ + // If metadata from metaDb exists, return string of html with table definition { const struct mdbObj *safeObj = metadataForTable(db,tdb,NULL); if (safeObj == NULL || safeObj->vars == NULL) - return NULL; + return NULL; //struct dyString *dyTable = dyStringCreate("<table id='mdb_%s'>",tdb->table); struct dyString *dyTable = dyStringCreate("<table style='display:inline-table;'>"); - if(showLongLabel) + if (showLongLabel) dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td colspan=2 nowrap>%s</td></tr>",tdb->longLabel); - if(showShortLabel) - dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap><i>shortLabel:</i></td><td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",tdb->shortLabel); + if (showShortLabel) + dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap><i>shortLabel:</i></td>" + "<td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",tdb->shortLabel); // Get the hash of mdb and cv term types struct hash *cvTermTypes = (struct hash *)cvTermTypeHash(); struct mdbObj *mdbObj = mdbObjClone(safeObj); // Important if we are going to remove vars! - mdbObjRemoveVars(mdbObj,MDB_OBJ_TYPE_COMPOSITE " " MDB_VAR_PROJECT " " MDB_OBJ_TYPE " " MDB_VAR_MD5SUM); // Don't bother showing these (NOTE: composite,objType should be added to cv.ra typeOfTerms as hidden) + // Don't bother showing these + mdbObjRemoveVars(mdbObj,MDB_OBJ_TYPE_COMPOSITE " " MDB_VAR_PROJECT " " MDB_OBJ_TYPE " " + MDB_VAR_MD5SUM); mdbObjRemoveHiddenVars(mdbObj); mdbObjReorderByCv(mdbObj,FALSE);// Use cv defined order for visible vars struct mdbVar *mdbVar; for (mdbVar=mdbObj->vars;mdbVar!=NULL;mdbVar=mdbVar->next) { if ((sameString(mdbVar->var,MDB_VAR_FILENAME) || sameString(mdbVar->var,MDB_VAR_FILEINDEX) ) && trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb,MDB_VAL_ENCODE_PROJECT) != NULL) { - dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='top'><td align='right' nowrap><i>%s:</i></td><td nowrap>",mdbVar->var); + dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='top'><td align='right' nowrap><i>%s:</i></td>" + "<td nowrap>",mdbVar->var); struct slName *fileSet = slNameListFromComma(mdbVar->val); while (fileSet != NULL) { struct slName *file = slPopHead(&fileSet); dyStringAppend(dyTable,htmlStringForDownloadsLink(db, tdb, file->name, TRUE)); if (fileSet != NULL) dyStringAppend(dyTable,"<BR>"); slNameFree(&file); } dyStringAppend(dyTable,"</td></tr>"); } else - { - if (cvTermTypes && differentString(mdbVar->var,MDB_VAR_TABLENAME)) // Don't bother with tableName + { // Don't bother with tableName + if (cvTermTypes && differentString(mdbVar->var,MDB_VAR_TABLENAME)) { struct hash *cvTerm = hashFindVal(cvTermTypes,mdbVar->var); - if (cvTerm != NULL) // even if cvTerm isn't used, it proves that it exists and a link is desirable - { - if(!cvTermIsHidden(mdbVar->var)) + if (cvTerm != NULL) // even if cvTerm isn't used, + { // it proves that it exists and a link is desirable + if (!cvTermIsHidden(mdbVar->var)) { char *label = (char *)cvLabel(NULL,mdbVar->var); - char *linkOfType = controlledVocabLink(NULL,CV_TYPE,mdbVar->var,label,label,NULL); + char *linkOfType = controlledVocabLink(NULL,CV_TYPE,mdbVar->var,label, + label,NULL); if (cvTermIsCvDefined(mdbVar->var)) { label = (char *)cvLabel(mdbVar->var,mdbVar->val); - char *linkOfTerm = controlledVocabLink(NULL,CV_TERM,mdbVar->val,label,label,NULL); - dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap><i>%s:</i></td><td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",linkOfType,linkOfTerm); + char *linkOfTerm = controlledVocabLink(NULL,CV_TERM,mdbVar->val,label, + label,NULL); + dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap>" + "<i>%s:</i></td><td nowrap>%s</td></tr>", + linkOfType,linkOfTerm); freeMem(linkOfTerm); } else - dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap><i>%s:</i></td><td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",linkOfType,mdbVar->val); + dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap>" + "<i>%s:</i></td><td nowrap>%s</td></tr>", + linkOfType,mdbVar->val); freeMem(linkOfType); continue; } } } - dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap><i>%s:</i></td><td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",mdbVar->var,mdbVar->val); + dyStringPrintf(dyTable,"<tr valign='bottom'><td align='right' nowrap><i>%s:</i></td>" + "<td nowrap>%s</td></tr>",mdbVar->var,mdbVar->val); } } dyStringAppend(dyTable,"</table>"); //mdbObjsFree(&mdbObj); // spill some memory return dyStringCannibalize(&dyTable); } boolean compositeMetadataToggle(char *db,struct trackDb *tdb,char *title, boolean embeddedInText,boolean showLongLabel) - /* If metadata from metaTbl exists, create a link that will allow toggling it's display */ + // If metadata from metaTbl exists, create a link that will allow toggling it's display { const struct mdbObj *safeObj = metadataForTable(db,tdb,NULL); - if(safeObj == NULL || safeObj->vars == NULL) - return FALSE; + if (safeObj == NULL || safeObj->vars == NULL) + return FALSE; - printf("%s<A HREF='#a_meta_%s' onclick='return metadataShowHide(\"%s\",%s,true);' title='Show metadata details...'>%s<img src='../images/downBlue.png'/></A>", - (embeddedInText?" ":"<P>"),tdb->track,tdb->track, showLongLabel?"true":"false", (title?title:"")); + printf("%s<A HREF='#a_meta_%s' onclick='return metadataShowHide(\"%s\",%s,true);' " + "title='Show metadata details...'>%s<img src='../images/downBlue.png'/></A>", + (embeddedInText?" ":"<P>"),tdb->track,tdb->track, showLongLabel?"true":"false", + (title?title:"")); printf("<DIV id='div_%s_meta' style='display:none;'></div>",tdb->track); return TRUE; } void extraUiLinks(char *db,struct trackDb *tdb) - /* Show downlaods, schema and metadata links where appropriate */ + // Show downlaods, schema and metadata links where appropriate { boolean schemaLink = (!tdbIsDownloadsOnly(tdb) && isCustomTrack(tdb->table) == FALSE) && (hTableOrSplitExists(db, tdb->table)); boolean metadataLink = (!tdbIsComposite(tdb) && metadataForTable(db, tdb, NULL) != NULL); boolean downloadLink = (trackDbSetting(tdb, "wgEncode") != NULL && !tdbIsSuperTrack(tdb)); int links = 0; if (schemaLink) links++; if (metadataLink) links++; if (downloadLink) links++; - if(links > 0) + if (links > 0) cgiDown(0.7); - if(links > 1) + if (links > 1) printf("<table><tr><td nowrap>View table: "); - if(schemaLink) + if (schemaLink) { makeSchemaLink(db,tdb,(links > 1 ? "schema":"View table schema")); - if(downloadLink || metadataLink) + if (downloadLink || metadataLink) printf(", "); } - if(downloadLink) + if (downloadLink) { // special case exception (hg18:NHGRI BiPs are in 7 different dbs but only hg18 has downloads): char *targetDb = trackDbSetting(tdb, "compareGenomeLinks"); if (targetDb != NULL) { targetDb = cloneFirstWordByDelimiter(targetDb,'='); if (!startsWith("hg",targetDb)) freez(&targetDb); } if (targetDb == NULL) targetDb = cloneString(db); makeNamedDownloadsLink(targetDb, tdb, (links > 1 ? "downloads":"Downloads")); freez(&targetDb); - if(metadataLink) + if (metadataLink) printf(","); } if (metadataLink) compositeMetadataToggle(db,tdb,"metadata", TRUE, TRUE); - if(links > 1) + if (links > 1) printf("</td></tr></table>"); } char *hUserCookie() /* Return our cookie name. */ { return cfgOptionDefault("central.cookie", "hguid"); } char *hDownloadsServer() /* get the downloads server from hg.conf or the default */ { return cfgOptionDefault("downloads.server", "hgdownload.cse.ucsc.edu"); } void setUdcCacheDir() /* set the path to the udc cache dir */ { udcSetDefaultDir(cfgOptionDefault("udc.cacheDir", udcDefaultDir())); } char *wrapWhiteFont(char *s) /* Write white font around s */ { static char buf[256]; safef(buf, sizeof(buf), "<span style='color:#FFFFFF;'>%s</span>", s); return buf; } char *hDocumentRoot() /* get the path to the DocumentRoot, or the default */ { return cfgOptionDefault("browser.documentRoot", DOCUMENT_ROOT); } char *hHelpFile(char *fileRoot) /* Given a help file root name (e.g. "hgPcrResult" or "cutters"), * prepend the complete help directory path and add .html suffix. * Do not free the statically allocated result. */ { static char helpName[PATH_LEN]; /* This cfgOption comes from Todd Lowe's hgTrackUi.c addition (r1.230): */ char *helpDir = cfgOption("help.html"); if (helpDir != NULL) safef(helpName, sizeof(helpName), "%s/%s.html", helpDir, fileRoot); else safef(helpName, sizeof(helpName), "%s%s/%s.html", hDocumentRoot(), HELP_DIR, fileRoot); return helpName; } char *hFileContentsOrWarning(char *file) /* Return the contents of the html file, or a warning message. * The file path may begin with hDocumentRoot(); if it doesn't, it is * assumed to be relative and hDocumentRoot() will be prepended. */ { if (isEmpty(file)) return cloneString("<BR>Program Error: Empty file name for include file" "<BR>\n"); char path[PATH_LEN]; char *docRoot = hDocumentRoot(); if (startsWith(docRoot, file)) safecpy(path, sizeof path, file); else safef(path, sizeof path, "%s/%s", docRoot, file); if (! fileExists(path)) { char message[1024]; safef(message, sizeof(message), "<BR>Program Error: Missing file %s</BR>", path); return cloneString(message); } /* If the file is there but not readable, readInGulp will errAbort, * but I think that is serious enough that errAbort is OK. */ char *result; readInGulp(path, &result, NULL); return result; } char *hCgiRoot() /* get the path to the CGI directory. * Returns NULL when not running as a CGI (unless specified by browser.cgiRoot) */ { static char defaultDir[PATH_LEN]; char *scriptFilename = getenv("SCRIPT_FILENAME"); - if(scriptFilename) + if (scriptFilename) { char dir[PATH_LEN], name[FILENAME_LEN], extension[FILEEXT_LEN]; dir[0] = 0; splitPath(scriptFilename, dir, name, extension); safef(defaultDir, sizeof(defaultDir), "%s", dir); int len = strlen(defaultDir); // Get rid of trailing slash to be consistent with hDocumentRoot - if(defaultDir[len-1] == '/') + if (defaultDir[len-1] == '/') defaultDir[len-1] = 0; } else { defaultDir[0] = 0; } return cfgOptionDefault("browser.cgiRoot", defaultDir); } -char *hBackgroundImage() -/* get the path to the configured background image to use, or the default */ -{ - -return cfgOptionDefault("browser.background", DEFAULT_BACKGROUND); -} - /****** Some stuff for tables of controls ******/ struct controlGrid *startControlGrid(int columns, char *align) /* Start up a control grid. */ { struct controlGrid *cg; AllocVar(cg); cg->columns = columns; cg->align = cloneString(align); cg->rowOpen = FALSE; return cg; } void controlGridEndRow(struct controlGrid *cg) /* Force end of row. */ { printf("</tr>"); cg->rowOpen = FALSE; cg->columnIx = 0; } void controlGridStartCell(struct controlGrid *cg) /* Start a new cell in control grid. */ { if (cg->columnIx == cg->columns) controlGridEndRow(cg); if (!cg->rowOpen) { printf("<tr>"); cg->rowOpen = TRUE; } if (cg->align) printf("<td align=%s>", cg->align); else printf("<td>"); } void controlGridEndCell(struct controlGrid *cg) /* End cell in control grid. */ { printf("</td>"); ++cg->columnIx; } void endControlGrid(struct controlGrid **pCg) /* Finish up a control grid. */ { struct controlGrid *cg = *pCg; if (cg != NULL) { int i; if (cg->columnIx != 0 && cg->columnIx < cg->columns) for( i = cg->columnIx; i <= cg->columns; i++) printf("<td> </td>\n"); if (cg->rowOpen) printf("</tr>\n"); printf("</table>\n"); freeMem(cg->align); freez(pCg); } } /****** Some stuff for hide/dense/full controls ******/ static char *hTvStrings[] = /* User interface strings for track visibility controls. */ { "hide", "dense", "full", "pack", "squish" }; #define hTvStringShowSameAsFull "show" enum trackVisibility hTvFromStringNoAbort(char *s) - /* Given a string representation of track visibility, return as - * equivalent enum. */ + // Given a string representation of track visibility, return as equivalent enum. { int vis = stringArrayIx(s, hTvStrings, ArraySize(hTvStrings)); if (vis < 0) { if (sameString(hTvStringShowSameAsFull,s)) return tvShow; // Show is the same as full! vis = 0; // don't generate bogus value on invalid input } return vis; } enum trackVisibility hTvFromString(char *s) - /* Given a string representation of track visibility, return as - * equivalent enum. */ + // Given a string representation of track visibility, return as equivalent enum. { enum trackVisibility vis = hTvFromStringNoAbort(s); if ((int)vis < 0) errAbort("Unknown visibility %s", s); return vis; } char *hStringFromTv(enum trackVisibility vis) - /* Given enum representation convert to string. */ + // Given enum representation convert to string. { return hTvStrings[vis]; } - void hTvDropDownClassWithJavascript(char *varName, enum trackVisibility vis, boolean canPack, char *class,char * javascript) - /* Make track visibility drop down for varName with style class */ + void hTvDropDownClassWithJavascript(char *varName, enum trackVisibility vis, boolean canPack, + char *class,char * javascript) + // Make track visibility drop down for varName with style class { static char *noPack[] = { "hide", "dense", "full", }; static char *pack[] = { "hide", "dense", "squish", "pack", "full", }; static int packIx[] = {tvHide,tvDense,tvSquish,tvPack,tvFull}; if (canPack) cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, pack, ArraySize(pack), - pack[packIx[vis]], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,javascript); + pack[packIx[vis]], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE, + javascript); else cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, noPack, ArraySize(noPack), - noPack[vis], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,javascript); + noPack[vis], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,javascript); } void hTvDropDownClassVisOnlyAndExtra(char *varName, enum trackVisibility vis, - boolean canPack, char *class, char *visOnly,char *extra) - /* Make track visibility drop down for varName with style class, - and potentially limited to visOnly */ + boolean canPack, char *class, char *visOnly,char *extra) + // Make track visibility drop down for varName with style class, and potentially limited to visOnly { static char *denseOnly[] = { "hide", "dense", }; static char *squishOnly[] = { "hide", "squish", }; static char *packOnly[] = { "hide", "pack", }; static char *fullOnly[] = { "hide", "full", }; static char *noPack[] = { "hide", "dense", "full", }; static char *pack[] = { "hide", "dense", "squish", "pack", "full", }; static int packIx[] = {tvHide,tvDense,tvSquish,tvPack,tvFull}; if (visOnly != NULL) { int visIx = (vis > 0) ? 1 : 0; if (sameWord(visOnly,"dense")) - cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, denseOnly, ArraySize(denseOnly), - denseOnly[visIx], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); + cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, denseOnly, ArraySize(denseOnly), + denseOnly[visIx],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); else if (sameWord(visOnly,"squish")) - cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, squishOnly, - ArraySize(squishOnly), squishOnly[visIx], - class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); + cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, squishOnly, + ArraySize(squishOnly), squishOnly[visIx], + class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); else if (sameWord(visOnly,"pack")) - cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, packOnly, ArraySize(packOnly), - packOnly[visIx], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); + cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, packOnly, ArraySize(packOnly), + packOnly[visIx],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); else if (sameWord(visOnly,"full")) - cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, fullOnly, ArraySize(fullOnly), - fullOnly[visIx], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); - else /* default when not recognized */ - cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, denseOnly, ArraySize(denseOnly), - denseOnly[visIx], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); + cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, fullOnly, ArraySize(fullOnly), + fullOnly[visIx],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); + else /* default when not recognized */ + cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, denseOnly, ArraySize(denseOnly), + denseOnly[visIx],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); } else { if (canPack) - cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, pack, ArraySize(pack), - pack[packIx[vis]], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); + cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, pack, ArraySize(pack), + pack[packIx[vis]],class,TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); else - cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, noPack, ArraySize(noPack), - noPack[vis], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); + cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, noPack, ArraySize(noPack), + noPack[vis], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); } } void hideShowDropDownWithClassAndExtra(char *varName, boolean show, char *class, char *extra) - /* Make hide/show dropdown for varName */ + // Make hide/show dropdown for varName { static char *hideShow[] = { "hide", "show" }; cgiMakeDropListClassWithStyleAndJavascript(varName, hideShow, ArraySize(hideShow), - hideShow[show], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); + hideShow[show], class, TV_DROPDOWN_STYLE,extra); } /****** Some stuff for stsMap related controls *******/ static char *stsMapOptions[] = { "All Genetic", "Genethon", "Marshfield", "deCODE", "GeneMap 99", "Whitehead YAC", "Whitehead RH", "Stanford TNG", }; enum stsMapOptEnum smoeStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, stsMapOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *smoeEnumToString(enum stsMapOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return stsMapOptions[x]; } void smoeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, stsMapOptions, ArraySize(stsMapOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for stsMapMouseNew related controls *******/ static char *stsMapMouseOptions[] = { "All Genetic", "WICGR Genetic Map", "MGD Genetic Map", "RH", }; enum stsMapMouseOptEnum smmoeStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, stsMapMouseOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *smmoeEnumToString(enum stsMapMouseOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return stsMapMouseOptions[x]; } void smmoeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, stsMapMouseOptions, ArraySize(stsMapMouseOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for stsMapRat related controls *******/ static char *stsMapRatOptions[] = { "All Genetic", "FHHxACI", "SHRSPxBN", "RH", }; enum stsMapRatOptEnum smroeStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, stsMapRatOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *smroeEnumToString(enum stsMapRatOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return stsMapRatOptions[x]; } void smroeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, stsMapRatOptions, ArraySize(stsMapRatOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for fishClones related controls *******/ static char *fishClonesOptions[] = { "Fred Hutchinson CRC", "National Cancer Institute", "Sanger Centre", "Roswell Park Cancer Institute", "Cedars-Sinai Medical Center", "Los Alamos National Lab", "UC San Francisco", }; enum fishClonesOptEnum fcoeStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, fishClonesOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *fcoeEnumToString(enum fishClonesOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return fishClonesOptions[x]; } void fcoeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, fishClonesOptions, ArraySize(fishClonesOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for recombRate related controls *******/ static char *recombRateOptions[] = { "deCODE Sex Averaged Distances", "deCODE Female Distances", "deCODE Male Distances", "Marshfield Sex Averaged Distances", "Marshfield Female Distances", "Marshfield Male Distances", "Genethon Sex Averaged Distances", "Genethon Female Distances", "Genethon Male Distances", }; enum recombRateOptEnum rroeStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, recombRateOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *rroeEnumToString(enum recombRateOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return recombRateOptions[x]; } void rroeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, recombRateOptions, ArraySize(recombRateOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for recombRateRat related controls *******/ static char *recombRateRatOptions[] = { "SHRSPxBN Sex Averaged Distances", "FHHxACI Sex Averaged Distances", }; enum recombRateRatOptEnum rrroeStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, recombRateRatOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *rrroeEnumToString(enum recombRateRatOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return recombRateRatOptions[x]; } void rrroeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, recombRateRatOptions, ArraySize(recombRateRatOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for recombRateMouse related controls *******/ static char *recombRateMouseOptions[] = { "WI Genetic Map Sex Averaged Distances", "MGD Genetic Map Sex Averaged Distances", }; enum recombRateMouseOptEnum rrmoeStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, recombRateMouseOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *rrmoeEnumToString(enum recombRateMouseOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return recombRateMouseOptions[x]; } void rrmoeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, recombRateMouseOptions, ArraySize(recombRateMouseOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for CGH NCI60 related controls *******/ static char *cghNci60Options[] = { "Tissue Averages", "BREAST", "CNS", "COLON", "LEUKEMIA", "LUNG", "MELANOMA", "OVARY", "PROSTATE", "RENAL", "All Cell Lines", }; enum cghNci60OptEnum cghoeStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, cghNci60Options); if (x < 0) errAbort("Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *cghoeEnumToString(enum cghNci60OptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return cghNci60Options[x]; } void cghoeDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, cghNci60Options, ArraySize(cghNci60Options), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for nci60 related controls *******/ static char *nci60Options[] = { "Tissue Averages", "All Cell Lines", "BREAST", "CNS", "COLON", "LEUKEMIA", "MELANOMA", "OVARIAN", "PROSTATE", "RENAL", "NSCLC", "DUPLICATE", "UNKNOWN" }; enum nci60OptEnum nci60StringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, nci60Options); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::nci60StringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *nci60EnumToString(enum nci60OptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return nci60Options[x]; } void nci60DropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, nci60Options, ArraySize(nci60Options), curVal); } /*** Control of base/codon coloring code: ***/ /* All options (parallel to enum baseColorDrawOpt): */ static char *baseColorDrawAllOptionLabels[] = { BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF_LABEL, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_GENOMIC_CODONS_LABEL, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_CODONS_LABEL, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_CODONS_LABEL, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_BASES_CDS_LABEL, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_BASES_CDS_LABEL, }; static char *baseColorDrawAllOptionValues[] = { BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_GENOMIC_CODONS, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_CODONS, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_CODONS, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_BASES, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_BASES, }; /* Subset of options for tracks with CDS info but not item sequence: */ static char *baseColorDrawGenomicOptionLabels[] = { BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF_LABEL, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_GENOMIC_CODONS_LABEL, }; static char *baseColorDrawGenomicOptionValues[] = { BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_GENOMIC_CODONS, }; /* Subset of options for tracks with aligned item sequence but not CDS: */ static char *baseColorDrawItemOptionLabels[] = { BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF_LABEL, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_BASES_NC_LABEL, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_BASES_NC_LABEL, }; static char *baseColorDrawItemOptionValues[] = { BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_ITEM_BASES, BASE_COLOR_DRAW_DIFF_BASES, }; enum baseColorDrawOpt baseColorDrawOptStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, baseColorDrawAllOptionValues); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::baseColorDrawOptStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } static boolean baseColorGotCds(struct trackDb *tdb) /* Return true if this track has CDS info according to tdb (or is genePred). */ { boolean gotIt = FALSE; char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, BASE_COLOR_USE_CDS); if (isNotEmpty(setting)) { if (sameString(setting, "all") || sameString(setting, "given") || sameString(setting, "genbank") || startsWith("table", setting)) gotIt = TRUE; else if (! sameString(setting, "none")) errAbort("trackDb for %s, setting %s: unrecognized value \"%s\". " "must be one of {none,all,given,genbank,table}.", tdb->track, BASE_COLOR_USE_CDS, setting); } else if (startsWith("genePred", tdb->type)) gotIt = TRUE; return gotIt; } static boolean baseColorGotSequence(struct trackDb *tdb) /* Return true if this track has aligned sequence according to tdb. */ { boolean gotIt = FALSE; char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, BASE_COLOR_USE_SEQUENCE); if (isNotEmpty(setting)) { if (sameString(setting, "genbank") || sameString(setting, "seq") || sameString(setting, "ss") || startsWith("extFile", setting) || sameString(setting, "hgPcrResult") || sameString(setting, "nameIsSequence") || sameString(setting, "seq1Seq2") || sameString(setting, "lfExtra")) gotIt = TRUE; else if (differentString(setting, "none")) errAbort("trackDb for %s, setting %s: unrecognized value \"%s\". " "must be one of {none,genbank,seq,ss,extFile,nameIsSequence,seq1Seq2," "hgPcrResult,lfExtra}.", tdb->track, BASE_COLOR_USE_SEQUENCE, setting); } return gotIt; } static void baseColorDropLists(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name) /* draw the baseColor drop list options */ { enum baseColorDrawOpt curOpt = baseColorDrawOptEnabled(cart, tdb); char *curValue = baseColorDrawAllOptionValues[curOpt]; char var[512]; safef(var, sizeof(var), "%s." BASE_COLOR_VAR_SUFFIX, name); boolean gotCds = baseColorGotCds(tdb); boolean gotSeq = baseColorGotSequence(tdb); if (gotCds && gotSeq) { puts("<P><B>Color track by codons or bases:</B>"); cgiMakeDropListFull(var, baseColorDrawAllOptionLabels, baseColorDrawAllOptionValues, ArraySize(baseColorDrawAllOptionLabels), curValue, NULL); printf("<A HREF=\"%s\">Help on mRNA coloring</A><BR>", CDS_MRNA_HELP_PAGE); } else if (gotCds) { char buf[256]; char *disabled = NULL; safef(buf, sizeof(buf), "onchange='codonColoringChanged(\"%s\")'", name); puts("<P><B>Color track by codons:</B>"); cgiMakeDropListFull(var, baseColorDrawGenomicOptionLabels, baseColorDrawGenomicOptionValues, ArraySize(baseColorDrawGenomicOptionLabels), curValue, buf); printf("<A HREF=\"%s\">Help on codon coloring</A><BR>", CDS_HELP_PAGE); safef(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.%s", name, CODON_NUMBERING_SUFFIX); puts("<br /><b>Show codon numbering</b>:\n"); - if(curOpt == baseColorDrawOff) + if (curOpt == baseColorDrawOff) disabled = "disabled"; cgiMakeCheckBoxJS(buf, cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, FALSE, CODON_NUMBERING_SUFFIX, FALSE), disabled); } else if (gotSeq) { puts("<P><B>Color track by bases:</B>"); cgiMakeDropListFull(var, baseColorDrawItemOptionLabels, baseColorDrawItemOptionValues, ArraySize(baseColorDrawItemOptionLabels), curValue, NULL); printf("<A HREF=\"%s\">Help on base coloring</A><BR>", CDS_BASE_HELP_PAGE); } } void baseColorDrawOptDropDown(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb) /* Make appropriately labeled drop down of options if any are applicable.*/ { baseColorDropLists(cart, tdb, tdb->track); } enum baseColorDrawOpt baseColorDrawOptEnabled(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb) /* Query cart & trackDb to determine what drawing mode (if any) is enabled. */ { char *stringVal = NULL; assert(cart); assert(tdb); /* trackDb can override default of OFF; cart can override trackDb. */ stringVal = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOrDefault(tdb, BASE_COLOR_DEFAULT, - BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF); + BASE_COLOR_DRAW_OFF); stringVal = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, FALSE, BASE_COLOR_VAR_SUFFIX,stringVal); return baseColorDrawOptStringToEnum(stringVal); } /*** Control of fancy indel display code: ***/ static boolean tdbOrCartBoolean(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *settingName, char *defaultOnOff) /* Query cart & trackDb to determine if a boolean variable is set. */ { boolean alreadySet; alreadySet = !sameString("off",trackDbSettingOrDefault(tdb, settingName, defaultOnOff)); - alreadySet = cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, FALSE, settingName, alreadySet); // NOTE: parentLevel=FALSE because tdb param already is at appropriate level + alreadySet = cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, FALSE, settingName, alreadySet); + // NOTE: parentLevel=FALSE because tdb param already is at appropriate level return alreadySet; } static boolean indelAppropriate(struct trackDb *tdb) /* Return true if it makes sense to offer indel display options for tdb. */ { return (tdb && (startsWith("psl", tdb->type) || sameString("bam", tdb->type)) && - (cfgOptionDefault("browser.indelOptions", NULL) != NULL)); + (cfgOptionDefault("browser.indelOptions", NULL) != NULL)); } static void indelEnabledByName(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, float basesPerPixel, boolean *retDoubleInsert, boolean *retQueryInsert, boolean *retPolyA) /* Query cart & trackDb to determine what indel display (if any) is enabled. Set * basesPerPixel to 0.0 to disable check for zoom level. */ { struct trackDb *tdbLevel = tdb; if (differentString(tdb->track, name) && tdb->parent != NULL) tdbLevel = tdb->parent; boolean apropos = indelAppropriate(tdb); if (apropos && (basesPerPixel > 0.0)) { // check indel max zoom float showIndelMaxZoom = trackDbFloatSettingOrDefault(tdbLevel, "showIndelMaxZoom", -1.0); if ((showIndelMaxZoom >= 0) && ((basesPerPixel > showIndelMaxZoom) || (showIndelMaxZoom == 0.0))) apropos = FALSE; } if (retDoubleInsert) *retDoubleInsert = apropos && - tdbOrCartBoolean(cart, tdbLevel, INDEL_DOUBLE_INSERT, "off"); + tdbOrCartBoolean(cart, tdbLevel, INDEL_DOUBLE_INSERT, "off"); if (retQueryInsert) *retQueryInsert = apropos && - tdbOrCartBoolean(cart, tdbLevel, INDEL_QUERY_INSERT, "off"); + tdbOrCartBoolean(cart, tdbLevel, INDEL_QUERY_INSERT, "off"); if (retPolyA) *retPolyA = apropos && - tdbOrCartBoolean(cart, tdbLevel, INDEL_POLY_A, "off"); + tdbOrCartBoolean(cart, tdbLevel, INDEL_POLY_A, "off"); } void indelEnabled(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, float basesPerPixel, boolean *retDoubleInsert, boolean *retQueryInsert, boolean *retPolyA) /* Query cart & trackDb to determine what indel display (if any) is enabled. Set * basesPerPixel to 0.0 to disable check for zoom level. */ { indelEnabledByName(cart,tdb,tdb->track,basesPerPixel,retDoubleInsert,retQueryInsert,retPolyA); } static void indelShowOptionsWithName(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,char *name) /* Make HTML inputs for indel display options if any are applicable. */ { if (indelAppropriate(tdb)) { boolean showDoubleInsert, showQueryInsert, showPolyA; char var[512]; indelEnabledByName(cart, tdb, name, 0.0, &showDoubleInsert, &showQueryInsert, &showPolyA); printf("<TABLE><TR><TD colspan=2><B>Alignment Gap/Insertion Display Options</B>"); printf(" <A HREF=\"%s\">Help on display options</A>\n<TR valign='top'><TD>", INDEL_HELP_PAGE); safef(var, sizeof(var), "%s.%s", name, INDEL_DOUBLE_INSERT); cgiMakeCheckBox(var, showDoubleInsert); printf("</TD><TD>Draw double horizontal lines when both genome and query have " "an insertion</TD></TR>\n<TR valign='top'><TD>"); safef(var, sizeof(var), "%s.%s", name, INDEL_QUERY_INSERT); cgiMakeCheckBox(var, showQueryInsert); printf("</TD><TD>Draw a vertical purple line for an insertion at the beginning or " - "end of the <BR>query, orange for insertion in the middle of the query</TD></TR>\n<TR valign='top'><TD>"); + "end of the <BR>query, orange for insertion in the middle of the query</TD></TR>\n" + "<TR valign='top'><TD>"); safef(var, sizeof(var), "%s.%s", name, INDEL_POLY_A); /* We can highlight valid polyA's only if we have query sequence -- * so indelPolyA code piggiebacks on baseColor code: */ if (baseColorGotSequence(tdb)) { cgiMakeCheckBox(var, showPolyA); printf("</TD><TD>Draw a vertical green line where query has a polyA tail " "insertion</TD></TR>\n"); } printf("</TABLE>\n"); } } void indelShowOptions(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb) /* Make HTML inputs for indel display options if any are applicable. */ { indelShowOptionsWithName(cart, tdb, tdb->track); } /****** base position (ruler) controls *******/ static char *zoomOptions[] = { ZOOM_1PT5X, ZOOM_3X, ZOOM_10X, ZOOM_BASE }; void zoomRadioButtons(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make a list of radio buttons for all zoom options */ { int i; int size = ArraySize(zoomOptions); for (i = 0; i < size; i++) { char *s = zoomOptions[i]; cgiMakeRadioButton(var, s, sameString(s, curVal)); printf(" %s ", s); } } /****** Some stuff for affy related controls *******/ static char *affyOptions[] = { "Chip Type", "Chip ID", "Tissue Averages" }; enum affyOptEnum affyStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, affyOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::affyStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *affyEnumToString(enum affyOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return affyOptions[x]; } void affyDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, affyOptions, ArraySize(affyOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for affy all exon related controls *******/ static char *affyAllExonOptions[] = { "Chip", "Tissue Averages" }; enum affyAllExonOptEnum affyAllExonStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, affyAllExonOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::affyAllExonStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *affyAllExonEnumToString(enum affyAllExonOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return affyAllExonOptions[x]; } void affyAllExonDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, affyAllExonOptions, ArraySize(affyAllExonOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for Rosetta related controls *******/ static char *rosettaOptions[] = { "All Experiments", "Common Reference and Other", "Common Reference", "Other Exps" }; static char *rosettaExonOptions[] = { "Confirmed Only", "Predicted Only", "All", }; enum rosettaOptEnum rosettaStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, rosettaOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::rosettaStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *rosettaEnumToString(enum rosettaOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return rosettaOptions[x]; } void rosettaDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, rosettaOptions, ArraySize(rosettaOptions), curVal); } enum rosettaExonOptEnum rosettaStringToExonEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation of exon types. */ { int x = stringIx(string, rosettaExonOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::rosettaStringToExonEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *rosettaExonEnumToString(enum rosettaExonOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation of exon types. */ { return rosettaExonOptions[x]; } void rosettaExonDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of exon type options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, rosettaExonOptions, ArraySize(rosettaExonOptions), curVal); } /****** Options for the net track level display options *******/ static char *netLevelOptions[] = { NET_LEVEL_0, NET_LEVEL_1, NET_LEVEL_2, NET_LEVEL_3, NET_LEVEL_4, NET_LEVEL_5, NET_LEVEL_6 }; enum netLevelEnum netLevelStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, netLevelOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::netLevelStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *netLevelEnumToString(enum netLevelEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return netLevelOptions[x]; } void netLevelDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, netLevelOptions, ArraySize(netLevelOptions), curVal); } /****** Options for the net track color options *******/ static char *netColorOptions[] = { CHROM_COLORS, GRAY_SCALE }; enum netColorEnum netColorStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, netColorOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::netColorStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *netColorEnumToString(enum netColorEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return netColorOptions[x]; } void netColorDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, netColorOptions, ArraySize(netColorOptions), curVal); } /****** Options for the chain track color options *******/ static char *chainColorOptions[] = { CHROM_COLORS, SCORE_COLORS, NO_COLORS }; enum chainColorEnum chainColorStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, chainColorOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::chainColorStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *chainColorEnumToString(enum chainColorEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return chainColorOptions[x]; } void chainColorDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, chainColorOptions, ArraySize(chainColorOptions), curVal); } /****** Options for the wiggle track Windowing *******/ static char *wiggleWindowingOptions[] = { "mean+whiskers", "maximum", "mean", "minimum", }; enum wiggleWindowingEnum wiggleWindowingStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, wiggleWindowingOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::wiggleWindowingStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *wiggleWindowingEnumToString(enum wiggleWindowingEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return wiggleWindowingOptions[x]; } void wiggleWindowingDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleWindowingOptions, ArraySize(wiggleWindowingOptions), curVal); } /****** Options for the wiggle track Smoothing *******/ static char *wiggleSmoothingOptions[] = { "OFF", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "10", "11", "12", "13", "14", "15", "16" }; enum wiggleSmoothingEnum wiggleSmoothingStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, wiggleSmoothingOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::wiggleSmoothingStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *wiggleSmoothingEnumToString(enum wiggleSmoothingEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return wiggleSmoothingOptions[x]; } void wiggleSmoothingDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleSmoothingOptions, ArraySize(wiggleSmoothingOptions), curVal); } /****** Options for the wiggle track y Line Mark On/Off *******/ static char *wiggleYLineMarkOptions[] = { "OFF", "ON" }; enum wiggleYLineMarkEnum wiggleYLineMarkStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, wiggleYLineMarkOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::wiggleYLineMarkStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *wiggleYLineMarkEnumToString(enum wiggleYLineMarkEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return wiggleYLineMarkOptions[x]; } void wiggleYLineMarkDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleYLineMarkOptions, ArraySize(wiggleYLineMarkOptions), curVal); } /****** Options for the wiggle track AutoScale *******/ static char *wiggleScaleOptions[] = { "use vertical viewing range setting", "auto-scale to data view" }; enum wiggleScaleOptEnum wiggleScaleStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, wiggleScaleOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::wiggleScaleStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *wiggleScaleEnumToString(enum wiggleScaleOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return wiggleScaleOptions[x]; } void wiggleScaleDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleScaleOptions, ArraySize(wiggleScaleOptions), curVal); } /****** Options for the wiggle track type of graph *******/ static char *wiggleGraphOptions[] = { "points", "bar", }; enum wiggleGraphOptEnum wiggleGraphStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, wiggleGraphOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::wiggleGraphStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *wiggleGraphEnumToString(enum wiggleGraphOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return wiggleGraphOptions[x]; } void wiggleGraphDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { - cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleGraphOptions, ArraySize(wiggleGraphOptions), - curVal); + cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleGraphOptions, ArraySize(wiggleGraphOptions), curVal); } static char *aggregateLabels[] = { "none", "transparent", "solid", }; static char *aggregateValues[] = { WIG_AGGREGATE_NONE, WIG_AGGREGATE_TRANSPARENT, WIG_AGGREGATE_SOLID, }; void aggregateDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down menu for aggregate strategy */ { cgiMakeDropListFull(var, aggregateLabels, aggregateValues, ArraySize(aggregateValues), curVal, NULL); } static char *wiggleTransformFuncOptions[] = { "NONE", "LOG" }; static char *wiggleTransformFuncLabels[] = { "NONE", "LOG (ln(1+x))" }; enum wiggleTransformFuncEnum wiggleTransformFuncToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, wiggleTransformFuncOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::wiggleTransformFuncToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } void wiggleTransformFuncDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropListFull(var, wiggleTransformFuncLabels, wiggleTransformFuncOptions, ArraySize(wiggleTransformFuncOptions), curVal, NULL); } static char *wiggleAlwaysZeroOptions[] = { "OFF", "ON" }; enum wiggleAlwaysZeroEnum wiggleAlwaysZeroToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, wiggleAlwaysZeroOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::wiggleAlwaysZeroToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } void wiggleAlwaysZeroDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleAlwaysZeroOptions, ArraySize(wiggleAlwaysZeroOptions), curVal); } /****** Options for the wiggle track horizontal grid lines *******/ static char *wiggleGridOptions[] = { "ON", "OFF" }; enum wiggleGridOptEnum wiggleGridStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, wiggleGridOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::wiggleGridStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *wiggleGridEnumToString(enum wiggleGridOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return wiggleGridOptions[x]; } void wiggleGridDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleGridOptions, ArraySize(wiggleGridOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for wiggle track related controls *******/ static char *wiggleOptions[] = { "samples only", "linear interpolation" }; enum wiggleOptEnum wiggleStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, wiggleOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::wiggleStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *wiggleEnumToString(enum wiggleOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return wiggleOptions[x]; } void wiggleDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, wiggleOptions, ArraySize(wiggleOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for GCwiggle track related controls *******/ static char *GCwiggleOptions[] = { "samples only", "linear interpolation" }; enum GCwiggleOptEnum GCwiggleStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, GCwiggleOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::GCwiggleStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *GCwiggleEnumToString(enum GCwiggleOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return GCwiggleOptions[x]; } void GCwiggleDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, GCwiggleOptions, ArraySize(GCwiggleOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for chimp track related controls *******/ static char *chimpOptions[] = { "samples only", "linear interpolation" }; enum chimpOptEnum chimpStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, chimpOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::chimpStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *chimpEnumToString(enum chimpOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return chimpOptions[x]; } void chimpDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, chimpOptions, ArraySize(chimpOptions), curVal); } /****** Some stuff for mRNA and EST related controls *******/ static void addMrnaFilter(struct mrnaUiData *mud, char *track, char *label, char *key, char *table) /* Add an mrna filter */ { struct mrnaFilter *fil; AllocVar(fil); fil->label = label; fil->suffix = cloneString(key); fil->table = table; slAddTail(&mud->filterList, fil); } static struct mrnaUiData *newEmptyMrnaUiData(char *track) /* Make a new in extra-ui data structure for a bed. */ { struct mrnaUiData *mud; AllocVar(mud); mud->filterTypeSuffix = cloneString("Ft"); mud->logicTypeSuffix = cloneString("Lt"); return mud; } struct mrnaUiData *newBedUiData(char *track) /* Make a new in extra-ui data structure for a bed. */ { struct mrnaUiData *mud = newEmptyMrnaUiData(track); addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "name", "name",track); return mud; } struct mrnaUiData *newMrnaUiData(char *track, boolean isXeno) /* Make a new in extra-ui data structure for mRNA. */ { struct mrnaUiData *mud = newEmptyMrnaUiData(track); if (isXeno) addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "organism", "org", "organism"); addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "accession", "acc", "acc"); addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "author", "aut", "author"); addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "library", "lib", "library"); addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "tissue", "tis", "tissue"); addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "cell", "cel", "cell"); addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "keyword", "key", "keyword"); addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "gene", "gen", "geneName"); addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "product", "pro", "productName"); addMrnaFilter(mud, track, "description", "des", "description"); return mud; } int trackNameAndLabelCmp(const void *va, const void *vb) - /* Compare to sort on label. */ + // Compare to sort on label. { const struct trackNameAndLabel *a = *((struct trackNameAndLabel **)va); const struct trackNameAndLabel *b = *((struct trackNameAndLabel **)vb); return strcmp(a->label, b->label); } char *trackFindLabel(struct trackNameAndLabel *list, char *label) - /* Try to find label in list. Return NULL if it's - * not there. */ + // Try to find label in list. Return NULL if it's not there. { struct trackNameAndLabel *el; for (el = list; el != NULL; el = el->next) { if (sameString(el->label, label)) return label; } return NULL; } char *genePredDropDown(struct cart *cart, struct hash *trackHash, char *formName, char *varName) /* Make gene-prediction drop-down(). Return track name of * currently selected one. Return NULL if no gene tracks. * If formName isn't NULL, it's the form for auto submit (onchange attr). * If formName is NULL, no submit occurs when menu is changed */ { char *cartTrack = cartOptionalString(cart, varName); struct hashEl *trackList, *trackEl; char *selectedName = NULL; struct trackNameAndLabel *nameList = NULL, *name; char *trackName = NULL; /* Make alphabetized list of all genePred track names. */ trackList = hashElListHash(trackHash); for (trackEl = trackList; trackEl != NULL; trackEl = trackEl->next) { struct trackDb *tdb = trackEl->val; char *dupe = cloneString(tdb->type); char *type = firstWordInLine(dupe); if ((sameString(type, "genePred")) && (!sameString(tdb->table, "tigrGeneIndex") && !tdbIsComposite(tdb))) { AllocVar(name); name->name = tdb->track; name->label = tdb->shortLabel; slAddHead(&nameList, name); } freez(&dupe); } slSort(&nameList, trackNameAndLabelCmp); /* No gene tracks - not much we can do. */ if (nameList == NULL) { slFreeList(&trackList); return NULL; } /* Try to find current track - from cart first, then * knownGenes, then refGenes. */ if (cartTrack != NULL) selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, cartTrack); if (selectedName == NULL) selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, "Known Genes"); if (selectedName == NULL) selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, "SGD Genes"); if (selectedName == NULL) selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, "BDGP Genes"); if (selectedName == NULL) selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, "WormBase Genes"); if (selectedName == NULL) selectedName = trackFindLabel(nameList, "RefSeq Genes"); if (selectedName == NULL) selectedName = nameList->name; /* Make drop-down list. */ { char javascript[SMALLBUF], *autoSubmit; int nameCount = slCount(nameList); char **menu; int i; AllocArray(menu, nameCount); for (name = nameList, i=0; name != NULL; name = name->next, ++i) { menu[i] = name->label; } if (formName == NULL) autoSubmit = NULL; else { safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "onchange=\"document.%s.submit();\"", formName); autoSubmit = javascript; } - cgiMakeDropListFull(varName, menu, menu, - nameCount, selectedName, autoSubmit); + cgiMakeDropListFull(varName, menu, menu, nameCount, selectedName, autoSubmit); freez(&menu); } /* Convert to track name */ for (name = nameList; name != NULL; name = name->next) { if (sameString(selectedName, name->label)) trackName = name->name; } /* Clean up and return. */ slFreeList(&nameList); slFreeList(&trackList); return trackName; } void rAddTrackListToHash(struct hash *trackHash, struct trackDb *tdbList, char *chrom, boolean leafOnly) /* Recursively add trackList to trackHash */ { struct trackDb *tdb; for (tdb = tdbList; tdb != NULL; tdb = tdb->next) { if (hTrackOnChrom(tdb, chrom)) { if (tdb->subtracks == NULL || !leafOnly) hashAdd(trackHash, tdb->track, tdb); } rAddTrackListToHash(trackHash, tdb->subtracks, chrom, leafOnly); } } - struct hash *trackHashMakeWithComposites(char *db,char *chrom,struct trackDb **tdbList,bool withComposites) + struct hash *trackHashMakeWithComposites(char *db,char *chrom,struct trackDb **tdbList, + bool withComposites) // Make hash of trackDb items for this chromosome, including composites, not just the subtracks. // May pass in prepopulated trackDb list, or may receive the trackDb list as an inout. { struct trackDb *theTdbs = NULL; if (tdbList == NULL || *tdbList == NULL) { theTdbs = hTrackDb(db); if (tdbList != NULL) *tdbList = theTdbs; } else theTdbs = *tdbList; struct hash *trackHash = newHash(7); rAddTrackListToHash(trackHash, theTdbs, chrom, !withComposites); return trackHash; } /****** Stuff for acembly related options *******/ static char *acemblyOptions[] = { "all genes", "main", "putative", }; enum acemblyOptEnum acemblyStringToEnum(char *string) /* Convert from string to enum representation. */ { int x = stringIx(string, acemblyOptions); if (x < 0) errAbort("hui::acemblyStringToEnum() - Unknown option %s", string); return x; } char *acemblyEnumToString(enum acemblyOptEnum x) /* Convert from enum to string representation. */ { return acemblyOptions[x]; } void acemblyDropDown(char *var, char *curVal) /* Make drop down of options. */ { cgiMakeDropList(var, acemblyOptions, ArraySize(acemblyOptions), curVal); } static boolean parseAssignment(char *words, char **name, char **value) /* parse <name>=<value>, destroying input words in the process */ { char *p; if ((p = index(words, '=')) == NULL) return FALSE; *p++ = 0; if (name) *name = words; if (value) *value = p; return TRUE; } static char *getPrimaryType(char *primarySubtrack, struct trackDb *tdb) /* Do not free when done. */ { char *type = NULL; if (primarySubtrack) { struct slRef *tdbRef, *tdbRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendants(tdb->subtracks); for (tdbRef = tdbRefList; tdbRef != NULL; tdbRef = tdbRef->next) { struct trackDb *subtrack = tdbRef->val; if (sameString(subtrack->track, primarySubtrack)) { type = subtrack->type; break; } } slFreeList(&tdbRefList); } return type; } boolean hSameTrackDbType(char *type1, char *type2) - /* Compare type strings: require same string unless both are wig tracks. */ + // Compare type strings: identical first word or allowed compatibilities { - return (sameString(type1, type2) || - (startsWith("wig ", type1) && startsWith("wig ", type2))); + // OLD_CODE + //return (sameString(type1, type2) || + // (startsWith("wig ", type1) && startsWith("wig ", type2))); + int wordLength = strlen(type1); + + // Many types have additional args which should not interfere (e.g. "bigWig 0 20") + // Note: beds of different size are ok + char *firstWhite = skipToSpaces(type1); + if (firstWhite != NULL) + wordLength = (firstWhite - type1) + 1; // include white space + + if (sameStringN(type1, type2,wordLength)) + return TRUE; + + // Allow these cross overs? Why not? (see redmine #7588) + if (startsWith("wig ",type1) && startsWith("bigWig ",type2)) // tested + return TRUE; + if (startsWith("bigWig ",type1) && startsWith("wig ",type2)) // tested + return TRUE; + + // Many flavors of bed that could be merged... + if (( startsWith("bed ",type1) // bed to Peak and vis-versa tested + || startsWith("broadPeak",type1) + || startsWith("narrowPeak",type1)) + && ( startsWith("bed ",type2) + || startsWith("broadPeak",type2) + || startsWith("narrowPeak",type2))) + return TRUE; + // bigBed to bed and vis-versa fails! + //if (( startsWith("bed ",type1) + // || startsWith("bigBed ",type1) + // || startsWith("broadPeak",type1) + // || startsWith("narrowPeak",type1)) + //&& ( startsWith("bed ",type2) + // || startsWith("bigBed ",type2) + // || startsWith("broadPeak",type2) + // || startsWith("narrowPeak",type2))) + // return TRUE; + + return FALSE; } static char *labelRoot(char *label, char** suffix) /* Parses a label which may be split with a into root and suffix Always free labelRoot. suffix, which may be null does not need to be freed. */ { char *root = cloneString(label); char *extra=strstrNoCase(root," "); // mean don't include the reset as part of the link if ((long)(extra)==-1) extra=NULL; if (extra!=NULL) { *extra='\0'; - if(suffix != NULL) + if (suffix != NULL) { extra+=5; *extra=' '; // Converts the to ' ' and include the ' ' *suffix = extra; } } return root; } - typedef struct _dividers { + typedef struct _dividers + { int count; char**subgroups; char* setting; - } dividers_t; + } dividers_t; static dividers_t *dividersSettingGet(struct trackDb *parentTdb) - /* Parses any dividers setting in parent of subtracks */ + // Parses any dividers setting in parent of subtracks { dividers_t *dividers = needMem(sizeof(dividers_t)); dividers->setting = cloneString(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dividers")); - if(dividers->setting == NULL) + if (dividers->setting == NULL) { freeMem(dividers); return NULL; } dividers->subgroups = needMem(24*sizeof(char*)); dividers->count = chopByWhite(dividers->setting, dividers->subgroups,24); return dividers; } + static void dividersFree(dividers_t **dividers) - /* frees any previously obtained dividers setting */ + // frees any previously obtained dividers setting { - if(dividers && *dividers) + if (dividers && *dividers) { freeMem((*dividers)->subgroups); freeMem((*dividers)->setting); freez(dividers); } } - typedef struct _hierarchy { + typedef struct _hierarchy + { int count; char* subgroup; char**membership; int* indents; char* setting; - } hierarchy_t; + } hierarchy_t; static hierarchy_t *hierarchySettingGet(struct trackDb *parentTdb) - /* Parses any list hierachy instructions setting in parent of subtracks */ + // Parses any list hierachy instructions setting in parent of subtracks { hierarchy_t *hierarchy = needMem(sizeof(hierarchy_t)); hierarchy->setting = cloneString(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "hierarchy")); // To be freed later - if(hierarchy->setting == NULL) + if (hierarchy->setting == NULL) { freeMem(hierarchy); return NULL; } int cnt,ix; char *words[SMALLBUF]; cnt = chopLine(hierarchy->setting, words); assert(cnt<=ArraySize(words)); - if(cnt <= 1) + if (cnt <= 1) { freeMem(hierarchy->setting); freeMem(hierarchy); return NULL; } hierarchy->membership = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*)); hierarchy->indents = needMem(cnt*sizeof(int)); hierarchy->subgroup = words[0]; char *name,*value; for (ix = 1,hierarchy->count=0; ix < cnt; ix++) { if (parseAssignment(words[ix], &name, &value)) { hierarchy->membership[hierarchy->count] = name; hierarchy->indents[hierarchy->count] = sqlUnsigned(value); hierarchy->count++; } } return hierarchy; } + static void hierarchyFree(hierarchy_t **hierarchy) - /* frees any previously obtained hierachy settings */ + // frees any previously obtained hierachy settings { - if(hierarchy && *hierarchy) + if (hierarchy && *hierarchy) { freeMem((*hierarchy)->setting); freeMem((*hierarchy)->membership); freeMem((*hierarchy)->indents); freez(hierarchy); } } // Four State checkboxes can be checked/unchecked by enable/disabled - // NOTE: fourState is not a bitmap because it is manipulated in javascript and int seemed easier at the time + // NOTE: fourState is not a bitmap because it is manipulated in javascript and + // int seemed easier at the time #define FOUR_STATE_EMPTY TDB_EXTRAS_EMPTY_STATE //#define FOUR_STATE_UNCHECKED 0 //#define FOUR_STATE_CHECKED 1 //#define FOUR_STATE_CHECKED_DISABLED -1 - #define FOUR_STATE_DISABLE(val) {while((val) >= 0) (val) -= 2;} - #define FOUR_STATE_ENABLE(val) {while((val) < 0) (val) += 2;} + #define FOUR_STATE_DISABLE(val) {while ((val) >= 0) (val) -= 2;} + #define FOUR_STATE_ENABLE(val) {while ((val) < 0) (val) += 2;} int subtrackFourStateChecked(struct trackDb *subtrack, struct cart *cart) - /* Returns the four state checked state of the subtrack */ + // Returns the four state checked state of the subtrack { char * setting = NULL; char objName[SMALLBUF]; int fourState = (int)tdbExtrasFourState(subtrack); - if(fourState != FOUR_STATE_EMPTY) + if (fourState != FOUR_STATE_EMPTY) return fourState; fourState = FOUR_STATE_UNCHECKED; // default to unchecked, enabled if ((setting = trackDbLocalSetting(subtrack, "parent")) != NULL) { - if(findWordByDelimiter("off",' ',setting) == NULL) + if (findWordByDelimiter("off",' ',setting) == NULL) fourState = FOUR_STATE_CHECKED; } // Now check visibility enum trackVisibility vis = tdbLocalVisibility(cart, subtrack, NULL); if (vis == tvHide) { - if(tdbIsCompositeView(subtrack->parent)) + if (tdbIsCompositeView(subtrack->parent)) { - if(tdbLocalVisibility(cart, subtrack->parent, NULL) == tvHide) + if (tdbLocalVisibility(cart, subtrack->parent, NULL) == tvHide) FOUR_STATE_DISABLE(fourState); } } safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "%s_sel", subtrack->track); setting = cartOptionalString(cart, objName); if (setting != NULL) { - if (sameWord("on",setting)) // ouch! cartUsualInt was interpreting "on" as 0, which was a bad bug! + if (sameWord("on",setting)) // ouch! cartUsualInt was interpreting "on" as 0, which was bad bug! fourState = 1; else fourState = atoi(setting); } tdbExtrasFourStateSet(subtrack,fourState); return fourState; } - void subtrackFourStateCheckedSet(struct trackDb *subtrack, struct cart *cart,boolean checked, boolean enabled) - /* Sets the fourState Checked in the cart and updates cached state */ + void subtrackFourStateCheckedSet(struct trackDb *subtrack, struct cart *cart,boolean checked, + boolean enabled) + // Sets the fourState Checked in the cart and updates cached state { int fourState = ( checked ? FOUR_STATE_CHECKED : FOUR_STATE_UNCHECKED ); if (!enabled) FOUR_STATE_DISABLE(fourState); char objName[SMALLBUF]; char objVal[5]; safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "%s_sel", subtrack->track); safef(objVal, sizeof(objVal), "%d", fourState); cartSetString(cart, objName, objVal); tdbExtrasFourStateSet(subtrack,fourState); } static char *tagEncode(char *name) // Turns out css classes cannot begin with a number. So prepend 'A' // If this were more widely used, could move to cheapcgi.c. { if (!isdigit(*name)) - return name; + return name; char *newName = needMem(strlen(name)+2); *newName = 'A'; strcpy(newName+1,name); return newName; } - typedef struct _dimensions { + typedef struct _dimensions + { int count; char**names; char**subgroups; char* setting; - } dimensions_t; + } dimensions_t; boolean dimensionsExist(struct trackDb *parentTdb) - /* Does this parent track contain dimensions? */ + // Does this parent track contain dimensions? { - return (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dimensions") != NULL); + return (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dimensions") != NULL); } - //static boolean dimensionsSubtrackOf(struct trackDb *childTdb) - ///* Does this child belong to a parent with dimensions? */ - //{ - // return (tdbIsCompositeChild(childTdb) && dimensionsExist(childTdb->parent)); - //} static dimensions_t *dimensionSettingsGet(struct trackDb *parentTdb) - /* Parses any dimemnions setting in parent of subtracks */ + // Parses any dimemnions setting in parent of subtracks { dimensions_t *dimensions = needMem(sizeof(dimensions_t)); dimensions->setting = cloneString(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dimensions")); // To be freed later - if(dimensions->setting == NULL) + if (dimensions->setting == NULL) { freeMem(dimensions); return NULL; } int cnt,ix; char *words[SMALLBUF]; cnt = chopLine(dimensions->setting,words); assert(cnt<=ArraySize(words)); - if(cnt <= 0) + if (cnt <= 0) { freeMem(dimensions->setting); freeMem(dimensions); return NULL; } dimensions->names = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*)); dimensions->subgroups = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*)); char *name,*value; for (ix = 0,dimensions->count=0; ix < cnt; ix++) { if (parseAssignment(words[ix], &name, &value)) { dimensions->names[dimensions->count] = name; dimensions->subgroups[dimensions->count] = tagEncode(value); dimensions->count++; } } return dimensions; } static void dimensionsFree(dimensions_t **dimensions) - /* frees any previously obtained dividers setting */ + // frees any previously obtained dividers setting { - if(dimensions && *dimensions) + if (dimensions && *dimensions) { freeMem((*dimensions)->setting); freeMem((*dimensions)->names); freeMem((*dimensions)->subgroups); freez(dimensions); } } #define SUBGROUP_MAX 9 enum filterCompositeType // Filter composites are drop-down checkbix-lists for selecting subtracks (eg hg19::HAIB TFBS) { fctNone=0, // do not offer filter for this dimension fctOne=1, // filter composite by one or all fctOneOnly=2, // filter composite by only one fctMulti=3, // filter composite by multiselect: all, one or many }; - typedef struct _members { + typedef struct _members + { int count; char * groupTag; char * groupTitle; char **tags; char **titles; boolean *selected; char * setting; int *subtrackCount; // count of subtracks int *currentlyVisible; // count of visible subtracks struct slRef **subtrackList; // set of subtracks belonging to each subgroup member enum filterCompositeType fcType; // fctNone,fctOne,fctMulti - } members_t; + } members_t; int subgroupCount(struct trackDb *parentTdb) - /* How many subGroup setting does this parent have? */ + // How many subGroup setting does this parent have? { int ix; int count = 0; - for(ix=1;ix<=SUBGROUP_MAX;ix++) + for (ix=1;ix<=SUBGROUP_MAX;ix++) { char subGrp[16]; safef(subGrp, ArraySize(subGrp), "subGroup%d",ix); - if(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, subGrp) != NULL) + if (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, subGrp) != NULL) count++; } return count; } char * subgroupSettingByTagOrName(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *groupNameOrTag) - /* look for a subGroup by name (ie subGroup1) or tag (ie view) and return an unallocated char* */ + // look for a subGroup by name (ie subGroup1) or tag (ie view) and return an unallocated char* { struct trackDb *ancestor; for (ancestor = parentTdb; ancestor != NULL; ancestor = ancestor->parent) { int ix; char *setting = NULL; - if(startsWith("subGroup",groupNameOrTag)) + if (startsWith("subGroup",groupNameOrTag)) { setting = trackDbSetting(ancestor, groupNameOrTag); - if(setting != NULL) - return setting; - } - for(ix=1;ix<=SUBGROUP_MAX;ix++) - { - char subGrp[16]; - safef(subGrp, ArraySize(subGrp), "subGroup%d",ix); + if (setting != NULL) + return setting; + } + for (ix=1;ix<=SUBGROUP_MAX;ix++) + { + char subGrp[16]; + safef(subGrp, ArraySize(subGrp), "subGroup%d",ix); setting = trackDbSetting(ancestor, subGrp); - if(setting != NULL) // Doesn't require consecutive subgroups + if (setting != NULL) // Doesn't require consecutive subgroups { - if(startsWithWord(groupNameOrTag,setting)) + if (startsWithWord(groupNameOrTag,setting)) return setting; } } } return NULL; } boolean subgroupingExists(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *groupNameOrTag) - /* Does this parent track contain a particular subgrouping? */ + // Does this parent track contain a particular subgrouping? { - return (subgroupSettingByTagOrName(parentTdb,groupNameOrTag) != NULL); + return (subgroupSettingByTagOrName(parentTdb,groupNameOrTag) != NULL); } static members_t *subgroupMembersGet(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *groupNameOrTag) - /* Parse a subGroup setting line into tag,title, names(optional) and values(optional), returning the count of members or 0 */ + // Parse a subGroup setting line into tag,title, names(optional) and values(optional), + // returning the count of members or 0 { int ix,count; char *setting = subgroupSettingByTagOrName(parentTdb, groupNameOrTag); - if(setting == NULL) + if (setting == NULL) return NULL; members_t *members = needMem(sizeof(members_t)); members->setting = cloneString(setting); char *words[SMALLBUF]; count = chopLine(members->setting, words); assert(count <= ArraySize(words)); - if(count <= 1) + if (count <= 1) { freeMem(members->setting); freeMem(members); return NULL; } members->groupTag = words[0]; members->groupTitle = strSwapChar(words[1],'_',' '); // Titles replace '_' with space members->tags = needMem(count*sizeof(char*)); members->titles = needMem(count*sizeof(char*)); for (ix = 2,members->count=0; ix < count; ix++) { char *name,*value; if (parseAssignment(words[ix], &name, &value)) { members->tags[members->count] = tagEncode(name); members->titles[members->count] = strSwapChar(value,'_',' '); members->count++; } } return members; } - // No longer used, but it could come back! - //static members_t *subgroupMembersGetByDimension(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char dimension) - ///* Finds the dimension requested and return its associated - // * subgroupMembership, returning the count of members or 0 */ - //{ - //int ix; - //dimensions_t *dimensions = dimensionSettingsGet(parentTdb); - //if(dimensions!=NULL) - // { - // for(ix=0;ix<dimensions->count;ix++) - // { - // if(lastChar(dimensions->names[ix]) != dimension) - // continue; - // if((strlen(dimensions->names[ix]) == 10 && startsWith("dimension",dimensions->names[ix])) - // || (strlen(dimensions->names[ix]) == 4 && startsWith("dim",dimensions->names[ix]))) - // { - // members_t *members = subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, dimensions->subgroups[ix]); - // dimensionsFree(&dimensions); - // return members; - // } - // } - // dimensionsFree(&dimensions); - // } - //return NULL; - //} - static int membersSubGroupIx(members_t* members, char *tag) - { // Returns the index of the subgroup within the members struct (or -1) + // Returns the index of the subgroup within the members struct (or -1) + { int ix = 0; - for(ix=0;ix<members->count;ix++) + for (ix=0;ix<members->count;ix++) { if (members->tags[ix] != NULL && sameString(members->tags[ix],tag)) return ix; } return -1; } static void subgroupMembersFree(members_t **members) - /* frees memory for subgroupMembers lists */ + // frees memory for subgroupMembers lists { - if(members && *members) + if (members && *members) { // This should only get set through membersForAll which should not be freed. - if((*members)->selected != NULL || (*members)->subtrackList != NULL) - return; + if ((*members)->selected != NULL || (*members)->subtrackList != NULL) + return; freeMem((*members)->setting); freeMem((*members)->tags); freeMem((*members)->titles); freez(members); } } - static members_t *subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(struct trackDb *parentTdb, members_t *members, struct cart *cart) + static members_t *subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(struct trackDb *parentTdb, members_t *members, + struct cart *cart) // Weed out members of a subgroup without any subtracks, alters memory in place! { // First tally all subtrack counts int ixIn=0; - struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks); + struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList = + trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks); struct trackDb *subtrack; members->subtrackCount = needMem(members->count * sizeof(int)); members->currentlyVisible = needMem(members->count * sizeof(int)); members->subtrackList = needMem(members->count * sizeof(struct slRef *)); for (subtrackRef = subtrackRefList; subtrackRef != NULL; subtrackRef = subtrackRef->next) { subtrack = subtrackRef->val; char *belongsTo =NULL; - if(subgroupFind(subtrack,members->groupTag,&belongsTo)) + if (subgroupFind(subtrack,members->groupTag,&belongsTo)) { if (-1 != (ixIn = stringArrayIx(belongsTo, members->tags, members->count))) { members->subtrackCount[ixIn]++; - if(cart && fourStateVisible(subtrackFourStateChecked(subtrack,cart))) + if (cart && fourStateVisible(subtrackFourStateChecked(subtrack,cart))) members->currentlyVisible[ixIn]++; refAdd(&(members->subtrackList[ixIn]), subtrack); } } } // Now weed out empty subgroup tags. Can do this in place since new count <= old count // NOTE: Don't I wish I had made these as an slList ages ago! (tim) int ixOut=0; - for(ixIn=ixOut;ixIn<members->count;ixIn++) + for (ixIn=ixOut;ixIn<members->count;ixIn++) { - if(members->subtrackCount[ixIn] > 0) - { - if(ixOut < ixIn) + if (members->subtrackCount[ixIn] > 0) { + if (ixOut < ixIn) + { members->tags[ixOut] = members->tags[ixIn]; members->titles[ixOut] = members->titles[ixIn]; members->subtrackCount[ixOut] = members->subtrackCount[ixIn]; members->currentlyVisible[ixOut] = members->currentlyVisible[ixIn]; members->subtrackList[ixOut] = members->subtrackList[ixIn]; - if(members->selected != NULL) + if (members->selected != NULL) members->selected[ixOut] = members->selected[ixIn]; } ixOut++; } else { members->tags[ixIn] = NULL; members->titles[ixIn] = NULL; members->subtrackCount[ixIn] = 0; members->currentlyVisible[ixIn] = 0; //slFreeList(&members->subtrackList[ixIn]); // No freeing at this moment members->subtrackList[ixIn] = NULL; - if(members->selected != NULL) + if (members->selected != NULL) members->selected[ixIn] = FALSE; } } members->count = ixOut; - if(members->count == 0) // No members of this subgroup had a subtrack + if (members->count == 0) // No members of this subgroup had a subtrack { subgroupMembersFree(&members); return NULL; } return members; } enum - { + { dimV=0, // View first dimX=1, // X & Y next dimY=2, dimA=3, // dimA is start of first of the optional non-matrix, non-view dimensions - }; + }; - typedef struct _membersForAll { + typedef struct _membersForAll + { int abcCount; - int dimMax; // Arrays of "members" structs will be ordered as [view][dimX][dimY][dimA]... with first 3 in fixed spots and rest as found (and non-empty) + int dimMax; // Arrays of "members" structs will be ordered as + // [view][dimX][dimY][dimA]... with first 3 in fixed spots + // and rest as found (and non-empty) boolean filters; // ABCs use filterComp boxes (as upposed to check boxes - dimensions_t *dimensions; // One struct describing "deimensions" setting" (e.g. dimX:cell dimY:antibody dimA:treatment) - members_t* members[27]; // One struct for each dimension describing groups in dimension (e.g. cell: GM12878,K562) - char* checkedTags[27]; // FIXME: Should move checkedTags into membersForAll->members[ix]->selected; + dimensions_t *dimensions; // One struct describing "deimensions" setting" + // (e.g. dimX:cell dimY:antibody dimA:treatment) + members_t* members[27]; // One struct for each dimension describing groups in dimension + // (e.g. cell: GM12878,K562) + char* checkedTags[27]; // FIXME: Should move checkedTags into + // membersForAll->members[ix]->selected; char letters[27]; - } membersForAll_t; + } membersForAll_t; + - static char* abcMembersChecked(struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct cart *cart, members_t* members, char letter) - /* returns a string of subGroup tags which are currently checked */ + static char* abcMembersChecked(struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct cart *cart, members_t* members, + char letter) + // returns a string of subGroup tags which are currently checked { char settingName[SMALLBUF]; int mIx; if (members->selected == NULL) members->selected = needMem(members->count * sizeof(boolean)); safef(settingName, sizeof(settingName), "%s.filterComp.%s",parentTdb->track,members->groupTag); struct slName *options = cartOptionalSlNameList(cart,settingName); - if(options != NULL) + if (options != NULL) { - if (sameWord(options->name,"All")) // filterComp returns "All" which means every option selected + if (sameWord(options->name,"All")) // filterComp returns "All" meaning every option selected { slNameFreeList(&options); options = slNameListFromStringArray(members->tags, members->count); assert(options != NULL); } struct slName *option; - for(option=options;option!=NULL;option=option->next) + for (option=options;option!=NULL;option=option->next) { mIx = membersSubGroupIx(members, option->name); - if(mIx >= 0) + if (mIx >= 0) members->selected[mIx] = TRUE; } return slNameListToString(options,','); } struct dyString *currentlyCheckedTags = NULL; // Need a string of subGroup tags which are currently checked safef(settingName,sizeof(settingName),"dimension%cchecked",letter); char *dimCheckedDefaults = trackDbSettingOrDefault(parentTdb,settingName,"All"); char *checkedDefaults[12]; int defaultCount = 0; if (dimCheckedDefaults != NULL && differentWord(dimCheckedDefaults,"All") && differentWord(dimCheckedDefaults,"Any")) { defaultCount = chopCommas(dimCheckedDefaults, checkedDefaults); int dIx = 0; for (;dIx < defaultCount;dIx++) - checkedDefaults[dIx] = tagEncode(checkedDefaults[dIx]); // Need to encode these before compare! - } // Will leak, but this is a tiny amount - for(mIx=0;mIx<members->count;mIx++) + checkedDefaults[dIx] = tagEncode(checkedDefaults[dIx]); // encode these before compare! + } // Will leak, but this is a tiny amount + for (mIx=0;mIx<members->count;mIx++) { - safef(settingName, sizeof(settingName), "%s.mat_%s_dim%c_cb",parentTdb->track,members->tags[mIx],letter); + safef(settingName, sizeof(settingName), "%s.mat_%s_dim%c_cb", + parentTdb->track,members->tags[mIx],letter); members->selected[mIx] = TRUE; if (defaultCount > 0) - members->selected[mIx] = (-1 != stringArrayIx(members->tags[mIx],checkedDefaults,defaultCount)); + members->selected[mIx] = + (-1 != stringArrayIx(members->tags[mIx],checkedDefaults,defaultCount)); members->selected[mIx] = cartUsualBoolean(cart,settingName,members->selected[mIx]); - if(members->selected[mIx]) + if (members->selected[mIx]) { - if(currentlyCheckedTags == NULL) + if (currentlyCheckedTags == NULL) currentlyCheckedTags = dyStringCreate(members->tags[mIx]); else dyStringPrintf(currentlyCheckedTags,",%s",members->tags[mIx]); } } - if(currentlyCheckedTags) + if (currentlyCheckedTags) return dyStringCannibalize(¤tlyCheckedTags); return NULL; } - static membersForAll_t *membersForAllSubGroupsWeedOutEmpties(struct trackDb *parentTdb, membersForAll_t *membersForAll, struct cart *cart) + static membersForAll_t *membersForAllSubGroupsWeedOutEmpties(struct trackDb *parentTdb, + membersForAll_t *membersForAll, struct cart *cart) // Weed through members, tossing those without subtracks { // View is always first if (membersForAll->members[dimV] != NULL) - membersForAll->members[dimV] = subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[dimV],cart); + membersForAll->members[dimV] = + subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[dimV],cart); // X and Y are special if (membersForAll->members[dimX] != NULL) - membersForAll->members[dimX] = subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[dimX],cart); + membersForAll->members[dimX] = + subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[dimX],cart); if (membersForAll->members[dimY] != NULL) - membersForAll->members[dimY] = subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[dimY],cart); + membersForAll->members[dimY] = + subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[dimY],cart); // Handle the ABC dimensions int ixIn,ixOut=dimA; - for(ixIn=ixOut;ixIn<membersForAll->dimMax;ixIn++) + for (ixIn=ixOut;ixIn<membersForAll->dimMax;ixIn++) { - if(membersForAll->members[ixIn] != NULL) - membersForAll->members[ixIn] = subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[ixIn],cart); - if(membersForAll->members[ixIn] == NULL) + if (membersForAll->members[ixIn] != NULL) + membersForAll->members[ixIn] = + subgroupMembersWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll->members[ixIn],cart); + if (membersForAll->members[ixIn] == NULL) membersForAll->checkedTags[ixOut] = NULL; else { - if(ixOut < ixIn) // Collapse if necessary + if (ixOut < ixIn) // Collapse if necessary { // NOTE: Don't I wish I had made these as an slList ages ago! (tim) membersForAll->members[ixOut] = membersForAll->members[ixIn]; membersForAll->checkedTags[ixOut] = membersForAll->checkedTags[ixIn]; membersForAll->letters[ixOut] = membersForAll->letters[ixIn]; } ixOut++; } } membersForAll->dimMax = ixOut; membersForAll->abcCount = membersForAll->dimMax - dimA; return membersForAll; } static membersForAll_t* membersForAllSubGroupsGet(struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct cart *cart) - /* Returns all the parents subGroups and members */ + // Returns all the parents subGroups and members { membersForAll_t *membersForAll = tdbExtrasMembersForAll(parentTdb); - if(membersForAll != NULL) + if (membersForAll != NULL) return membersForAll; // Already retrieved, so don't do it again int ix; membersForAll = needMem(sizeof(membersForAll_t)); if (tdbIsCompositeView(parentTdb->subtracks)) // view must have viewInMidle tdb in tree membersForAll->members[dimV]=subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb,"view"); membersForAll->letters[dimV]='V'; membersForAll->dimMax=dimA; // This can expand, depending upon ABC dimensions membersForAll->dimensions = dimensionSettingsGet(parentTdb); - if(membersForAll->dimensions != NULL) + if (membersForAll->dimensions != NULL) { - for(ix=0;ix<membersForAll->dimensions->count;ix++) + for (ix=0;ix<membersForAll->dimensions->count;ix++) { char letter = lastChar(membersForAll->dimensions->names[ix]); - if(letter != 'X' && letter != 'Y') + if (letter != 'X' && letter != 'Y') { - membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax]=subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, membersForAll->dimensions->subgroups[ix]); - membersForAll->letters[membersForAll->dimMax]=letter; - if(cart != NULL) - membersForAll->checkedTags[membersForAll->dimMax] = abcMembersChecked(parentTdb,cart,membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax],letter); + membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax] = + subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, membersForAll->dimensions->subgroups[ix]); + membersForAll->letters[membersForAll->dimMax] = letter; + if (cart != NULL) + membersForAll->checkedTags[membersForAll->dimMax] = abcMembersChecked( + parentTdb,cart,membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax],letter); membersForAll->dimMax++; } - else if(letter == 'X') + else if (letter == 'X') { - membersForAll->members[dimX]=subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, membersForAll->dimensions->subgroups[ix]); - membersForAll->letters[dimX]=letter; + membersForAll->members[dimX] = + subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, membersForAll->dimensions->subgroups[ix]); + membersForAll->letters[dimX] = letter; } else { - membersForAll->members[dimY]=subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, membersForAll->dimensions->subgroups[ix]); - membersForAll->letters[dimY]=letter; + membersForAll->members[dimY] = + subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, membersForAll->dimensions->subgroups[ix]); + membersForAll->letters[dimY] = letter; } } } else // No 'dimensions" setting: treat any subGroups as abc dimensions { char letter = 'A'; // walk through numbered subgroups for (ix=1;ix<SUBGROUP_MAX;ix++) // how many do we support? { char group[32]; safef(group, sizeof group,"subGroup%d",ix); char *setting = subgroupSettingByTagOrName(parentTdb, group); if (setting != NULL) { char *tag = cloneFirstWord(setting); if (membersForAll->members[dimV] && sameWord(tag,"view")) continue; // View should have already been handled. NOTE: extremely unlikely case membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax]=subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, tag); membersForAll->letters[membersForAll->dimMax]=letter; - if(cart != NULL) - membersForAll->checkedTags[membersForAll->dimMax] = abcMembersChecked(parentTdb,cart,membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax],letter); + if (cart != NULL) + membersForAll->checkedTags[membersForAll->dimMax] = abcMembersChecked( + parentTdb,cart,membersForAll->members[membersForAll->dimMax],letter); membersForAll->dimMax++; letter++; } } } membersForAll->abcCount = membersForAll->dimMax - dimA; membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsWeedOutEmpties(parentTdb, membersForAll, cart); - // NOTE: Dimensions must be defined for filterComposite. Filter dimensioms are all and only ABCs. Use dimensionAchecked to define selected + // NOTE: Dimensions must be defined for filterComposite. Filter dimensioms are all and only ABCs. + // Use dimensionAchecked to define selected char *filtering = trackDbSettingOrDefault(parentTdb,"filterComposite",NULL); - if(filtering && !sameWord(filtering,"off")) + if (filtering && !sameWord(filtering,"off")) { - if(membersForAll->dimensions == NULL) + if (membersForAll->dimensions == NULL) errAbort("If 'filterComposite' defined, must define 'dimensions' also."); membersForAll->filters = TRUE; // Default all to multi - for(ix=dimA;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++) + for (ix=dimA;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++) { - if(membersForAll->members[ix] != NULL) + if (membersForAll->members[ix] != NULL) membersForAll->members[ix]->fcType = fctMulti; } - if(!sameWord(filtering,"on")) + if (!sameWord(filtering,"on")) { - // Example tdb setting: "filterComposite on" OR "filterComposite dimA=one dimB=multi dimC=onlyOne" + // Example tdb setting: "filterComposite on" OR + // "filterComposite dimA=one dimB=multi dimC=onlyOne" // FIXME: do we even support anything but multi??? char *filterGroups[27]; int count = chopLine(filtering,filterGroups); - for(ix=0;ix<count;ix++) + for (ix=0;ix<count;ix++) { char *dim = cloneNextWordByDelimiter(&filterGroups[ix],'='); char letter = lastChar(dim); int abcIx = dimA; - for (;abcIx < membersForAll->dimMax && membersForAll->letters[abcIx] != letter;abcIx++) ; // Advance to correct letter + for (;abcIx < membersForAll->dimMax && membersForAll->letters[abcIx] != letter;abcIx++) + ; // Advance to correct letter if (abcIx >= membersForAll->dimMax) - errAbort("Invalid 'filterComposite' trackDb setting. Dimension '%s' not found.",dim); + errAbort("Invalid 'filterComposite' trackDb setting. Dimension '%s' not found.", + dim); if (sameWord(filterGroups[ix],"one")) membersForAll->members[abcIx]->fcType = fctOne; else if (sameWord(filterGroups[ix],"onlyOne") || sameWord(filterGroups[ix],"oneOnly")) membersForAll->members[abcIx]->fcType = fctOneOnly; } } } - if(cart != NULL) // Only save this if it is fully populated! + if (cart != NULL) // Only save this if it is fully populated! tdbExtrasMembersForAllSet(parentTdb,membersForAll); return membersForAll; } static int membersForAllFindSubGroupIx(membersForAll_t* membersForAll, char *tag) { // Returns the index of the subgroups member struct within membersForAll (or -1) int ix = 0; - for(ix=0;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++) + for (ix=0;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++) { if (membersForAll->members[ix] != NULL && sameString(membersForAll->members[ix]->groupTag,tag)) return ix; } return -1; } const members_t*membersFindByTag(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *tag) { // Uses membersForAll which may be in tdbExtraCache. Do not free membersForAll_t* membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb,NULL); - if(membersForAll == NULL) + if (membersForAll == NULL) return NULL; int ix = membersForAllFindSubGroupIx(membersForAll,tag); - if(ix >= 0) + if (ix >= 0) return membersForAll->members[ix]; return NULL; } - static void membersForAllSubGroupsFree(struct trackDb *parentTdb, membersForAll_t** membersForAllPtr) - /* frees memory for membersForAllSubGroups struct */ + static void membersForAllSubGroupsFree(struct trackDb *parentTdb, + membersForAll_t** membersForAllPtr) + // frees memory for membersForAllSubGroups struct { - if(membersForAllPtr && *membersForAllPtr) + if (membersForAllPtr && *membersForAllPtr) { - if(parentTdb != NULL) + if (parentTdb != NULL) { - if(*membersForAllPtr == tdbExtrasMembersForAll(parentTdb)) + if (*membersForAllPtr == tdbExtrasMembersForAll(parentTdb)) return; // Don't free something saved to the tdbExtras! } membersForAll_t* membersForAll = *membersForAllPtr; subgroupMembersFree(&(membersForAll->members[dimX])); subgroupMembersFree(&(membersForAll->members[dimY])); subgroupMembersFree(&(membersForAll->members[dimV])); int ix; - for(ix=dimA;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++) + for (ix=dimA;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++) { //ASSERT(membersForAll->members[ix] != NULL); subgroupMembersFree(&(membersForAll->members[ix])); - if(membersForAll->checkedTags[ix]) + if (membersForAll->checkedTags[ix]) freeMem(membersForAll->checkedTags[ix]); } dimensionsFree(&(membersForAll->dimensions)); freez(membersForAllPtr); } } int multViewCount(struct trackDb *parentTdb) - /* returns the number of multiView views declared */ + // returns the number of multiView views declared { char *setting = subgroupSettingByTagOrName(parentTdb,"view"); - if(setting == NULL) + if (setting == NULL) return 0; setting = cloneString(setting); int cnt; char *words[32]; cnt = chopLine(setting, words); freeMem(setting); return (cnt - 1); } - typedef struct _membership { + typedef struct _membership + { int count; - char **subgroups; // Ary of Tags in parentTdb->subGroupN and in childTdb->subGroups (ie view) - char **membership; // Ary of Tags of subGroups that child belongs to (ie PK) - char **titles; // Ary of Titles of subGroups a child belongs to (ie Peak) + char **subgroups; // Ary of Tags in parentTdb->subGroupN and in childTdb->subGroups (ie view) + char **membership; // Ary of Tags of subGroups that child belongs to (ie PK) + char **titles; // Ary of Titles of subGroups a child belongs to (ie Peak) char * setting; - } membership_t; + } membership_t; static membership_t *subgroupMembershipGet(struct trackDb *childTdb) - /* gets all the subgroup membership for a child track */ + // gets all the subgroup membership for a child track { membership_t *membership = tdbExtrasMembership(childTdb); - if(membership != NULL) + if (membership != NULL) return membership; // Already retrieved, so don't do it again membership = needMem(sizeof(membership_t)); membership->setting = cloneString(trackDbSetting(childTdb, "subGroups")); - if(membership->setting == NULL) + if (membership->setting == NULL) { freeMem(membership); return NULL; } int ix,cnt; char *words[SMALLBUF]; cnt = chopLine(membership->setting, words); assert(cnt <= ArraySize(words)); - if(cnt <= 0) + if (cnt <= 0) { freeMem(membership->setting); freeMem(membership); return NULL; } membership->subgroups = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*)); membership->membership = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*)); membership->titles = needMem(cnt*sizeof(char*)); for (ix = 0,membership->count=0; ix < cnt; ix++) { char *name,*value; if (parseAssignment(words[ix], &name, &value)) { membership->subgroups[membership->count] = name; - membership->membership[membership->count] = tagEncode(value); // tags will be used as classes by js + membership->membership[membership->count] = tagEncode(value); + // tags will be used as classes by js members_t* members = subgroupMembersGet(childTdb->parent, name); membership->titles[membership->count] = NULL; // default - if(members != NULL) + if (members != NULL) { - int ix2 = stringArrayIx(membership->membership[membership->count],members->tags,members->count); - if(ix2 != -1) - membership->titles[membership->count] = strSwapChar(cloneString(members->titles[ix2]),'_',' '); + int ix2 = stringArrayIx(membership->membership[membership->count],members->tags, + members->count); + if (ix2 != -1) + membership->titles[membership->count] = + strSwapChar(cloneString(members->titles[ix2]),'_',' '); subgroupMembersFree(&members); } membership->count++; } } tdbExtrasMembershipSet(childTdb,membership); return membership; } static boolean membershipInAllCurrentABCs(membership_t *membership,membersForAll_t*membersForAll) - /* looks for a match between a membership set and ABC dimensions currently checked */ + // looks for a match between a membership set and ABC dimensions currently checked { int mIx,aIx,tIx; for (aIx = dimA; aIx < membersForAll->dimMax; aIx++) // for each ABC subGroup { assert(membersForAll->members[aIx]->selected); // must find atleast one selected tag that we have membership in boolean matched = FALSE; for (mIx = 0; mIx <membersForAll->members[aIx]->count;mIx++) // for each tag of that subgroup { - if(membersForAll->members[aIx]->selected[mIx]) // The particular subgroup tag is selected + if (membersForAll->members[aIx]->selected[mIx]) // The particular subgroup tag is selected { - for(tIx=0;tIx<membership->count;tIx++) // what we are members of + for (tIx=0;tIx<membership->count;tIx++) // what we are members of { - if(sameString(membersForAll->members[aIx]->groupTag, membership->subgroups[tIx]) // subTrack belongs to subGroup - && sameWord(membersForAll->members[aIx]->tags[mIx],membership->membership[tIx])) // and tags match + // subTrack belongs to subGroup and tags match + if (sameString(membersForAll->members[aIx]->groupTag, membership->subgroups[tIx]) + && sameWord(membersForAll->members[aIx]->tags[mIx],membership->membership[tIx])) { matched = TRUE; break; } } } } - if(!matched) - return FALSE; + if (!matched) + return FALSE; } return TRUE; // passed all tests so must be on all } char *compositeGroupLabel(struct trackDb *tdb, char *group, char *id) - /* Given ID from group, return corresponding label, looking through parent's subGroupN's */ - /* Given group ID, return group label, looking through parent's subGroupN's */ + // Given ID from group, return corresponding label, looking through parent's subGroupN's + // Given group ID, return group label, looking through parent's subGroupN's { members_t *members = subgroupMembersGet(tdb, group); char *result = NULL; int i; for (i=0; i<members->count; ++i) { if (sameString(members->tags[i], id)) result = cloneString(members->titles[i]); } subgroupMembersFree(&members); return result; } char *compositeGroupId(struct trackDb *tdb, char *group, char *label) - /* Given label, return id, looking through parent's subGroupN's */ + // Given label, return id, looking through parent's subGroupN's { members_t *members = subgroupMembersGet(tdb, group); char *result = NULL; int i; for (i=0; i<members->count; ++i) { if (sameString(members->titles[i], label)) result = cloneString(members->tags[i]); } subgroupMembersFree(&members); return result; } static boolean subtrackInAllCurrentABCs(struct trackDb *childTdb,membersForAll_t*membersForAll) - /* looks for a match between a membership set and ABC dimensions currently checked */ + // looks for a match between a membership set and ABC dimensions currently checked { membership_t *membership = subgroupMembershipGet(childTdb); - if(membership == NULL) + if (membership == NULL) return FALSE; boolean found = membershipInAllCurrentABCs(membership,membersForAll); return found; } boolean subgroupFind(struct trackDb *childTdb, char *name,char **value) - /* looks for a single tag in a child track's subGroups setting */ + // looks for a single tag in a child track's subGroups setting { - if(value != NULL) + if (value != NULL) *value = NULL; membership_t *membership = subgroupMembershipGet(childTdb); - if(membership != NULL) + if (membership != NULL) { int ix; - for(ix=0;ix<membership->count;ix++) + for (ix=0;ix<membership->count;ix++) { - if(sameString(name,membership->subgroups[ix])) + if (sameString(name,membership->subgroups[ix])) { - if(value != NULL) + if (value != NULL) *value = cloneString(membership->membership[ix]); return TRUE; } } } return FALSE; } boolean subgroupFindTitle(struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *name,char **value) - /* looks for a a subgroup matching the name and returns the title if found */ + // looks for a a subgroup matching the name and returns the title if found { - if(value != (void*)NULL) + if (value != (void*)NULL) *value = NULL; members_t*members=subgroupMembersGet(parentTdb, name); - //const members_t *members = membersFindByTag(parentTdb,name); // Can't use because of dimension dependence - if(members==NULL) + //const members_t *members = membersFindByTag(parentTdb,name); + // Can't use because of dimension dependence + if (members==NULL) return FALSE; *value = cloneString(members->groupTitle); //subgroupMembersFree(&members); return TRUE; } void subgroupFree(char **value) - /* frees subgroup memory */ + // frees subgroup memory { - if(value && *value) + if (value && *value) freez(value); } + #define SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME "trackName" #define SORT_ON_RESTRICTED "dateUnrestricted" sortOrder_t *sortOrderGet(struct cart *cart,struct trackDb *parentTdb) - /* Parses any list sort order instructions for parent of subtracks (from cart or trackDb) - Some trickiness here. sortOrder->sortOrder is from cart (changed by user action), as is sortOrder->order, - But columns are in original tdb order (unchanging)! However, if cart is null, all is from trackDb.ra */ + // Parses any list sort order instructions for parent of subtracks (from cart or trackDb) + // Some trickiness here. sortOrder->sortOrder is from cart (changed by user action), + // as is sortOrder->order, But columns are in original tdb order (unchanging)! + // However, if cart is null, all is from trackDb.ra { int ix; char *setting = trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "sortOrder"); - if(setting == NULL) // Must be in trackDb or not a sortable table + if (setting == NULL) // Must be in trackDb or not a sortable table return NULL; sortOrder_t *sortOrder = needMem(sizeof(sortOrder_t)); sortOrder->htmlId = needMem(strlen(parentTdb->track)+15); safef(sortOrder->htmlId, (strlen(parentTdb->track)+15), "%s.sortOrder", parentTdb->track); char *cartSetting = NULL; - if(cart != NULL) + if (cart != NULL) cartSetting = cartCgiUsualString(cart, sortOrder->htmlId, setting); - if(cart != NULL && strlen(cartSetting) > strlen(setting)) // If setting is bigger, then it may be due to a trackDb change + // If setting is bigger than cartSetting, then it may be due to a trackDb change + if (cart != NULL && strlen(cartSetting) > strlen(setting)) sortOrder->sortOrder = cloneString(cartSetting); // cart order else sortOrder->sortOrder = cloneString(setting); // old cart value is abandoned! sortOrder->setting = cloneString(setting); sortOrder->count = chopByWhite(sortOrder->setting,NULL,0); // Get size if (cart && !stringIn(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME,setting)) sortOrder->count += 1; if (cart && !stringIn(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED,setting)) sortOrder->count += 1; sortOrder->column = needMem(sortOrder->count*sizeof(char*)); int foundColumns = chopByWhite(sortOrder->setting, sortOrder->column,sortOrder->count); sortOrder->title = needMem(sortOrder->count*sizeof(char*)); sortOrder->forward = needMem(sortOrder->count*sizeof(boolean)); sortOrder->order = needMem(sortOrder->count*sizeof(int)); if (cart && foundColumns < sortOrder->count) { int columnCount = foundColumns; int size = 0; char *moreOrder = NULL; if (cart && columnCount < sortOrder->count && !stringIn(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME,setting)) { assert(sortOrder->column[columnCount] == NULL); sortOrder->column[columnCount] = cloneString(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME "=+"); if (!stringIn(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME,sortOrder->sortOrder)) - { - size = strlen(sortOrder->sortOrder) + strlen(sortOrder->column[columnCount]) + 5; // little bit more + { // little bit more + size = strlen(sortOrder->sortOrder) + strlen(sortOrder->column[columnCount]) + 5; moreOrder = needMem(size); safef(moreOrder,size,"%s %s",sortOrder->sortOrder, sortOrder->column[columnCount]); freeMem(sortOrder->sortOrder); sortOrder->sortOrder = moreOrder; } columnCount++; } if (cart && columnCount < sortOrder->count && !stringIn(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED,setting)) { assert(sortOrder->column[columnCount] == NULL); sortOrder->column[columnCount] = cloneString(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED "=+"); if (!stringIn(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED,sortOrder->sortOrder)) { - size = strlen(sortOrder->sortOrder) + strlen(sortOrder->column[columnCount]) + 5; // little bit more + size = strlen(sortOrder->sortOrder) + strlen(sortOrder->column[columnCount]) + 5; moreOrder = needMem(size); safef(moreOrder,size,"%s %s",sortOrder->sortOrder, sortOrder->column[columnCount]); freeMem(sortOrder->sortOrder); sortOrder->sortOrder = moreOrder; } columnCount++; } } for (ix = 0; ix<sortOrder->count; ix++) { strSwapChar(sortOrder->column[ix],'=',0); // Don't want 'CEL=+' but 'CEL' and '+' - char *pos = stringIn(sortOrder->column[ix], sortOrder->sortOrder);// find tdb substr in cart current order string + // find tdb substr in cart current order string + char *pos = stringIn(sortOrder->column[ix], sortOrder->sortOrder); //assert(pos != NULL && pos[strlen(sortOrder->column[ix])] == '='); - if(pos != NULL && pos[strlen(sortOrder->column[ix])] == '=') + if (pos != NULL && pos[strlen(sortOrder->column[ix])] == '=') { int ord=1; char* pos2 = sortOrder->sortOrder; - for(;*pos2 && pos2 < pos;pos2++) + for (;*pos2 && pos2 < pos;pos2++) { - if(*pos2 == '=') // Discovering sort order in cart + if (*pos2 == '=') // Discovering sort order in cart ord++; } sortOrder->forward[ix] = (pos[strlen(sortOrder->column[ix]) + 1] == '+'); sortOrder->order[ix] = ord; } else // give up on cartSetting { sortOrder->forward[ix] = TRUE; sortOrder->order[ix] = ix+1; } if (ix < foundColumns) subgroupFindTitle(parentTdb,sortOrder->column[ix],&(sortOrder->title[ix])); } - return sortOrder; // NOTE cloneString:words[0]==*sortOrder->column[0] and will be freed when sortOrder is freed - } + return sortOrder; // NOTE cloneString:words[0]==*sortOrder->column[0] + } // and will be freed when sortOrder is freed + void sortOrderFree(sortOrder_t **sortOrder) - /* frees any previously obtained sortOrder settings */ + // frees any previously obtained sortOrder settings { - if(sortOrder && *sortOrder) + if (sortOrder && *sortOrder) { int ix; - for(ix=0;ix<(*sortOrder)->count;ix++) { subgroupFree(&((*sortOrder)->title[ix])); } + for (ix=0;ix<(*sortOrder)->count;ix++) { subgroupFree(&((*sortOrder)->title[ix])); } freeMem((*sortOrder)->sortOrder); freeMem((*sortOrder)->htmlId); freeMem((*sortOrder)->column); freeMem((*sortOrder)->forward); freeMem((*sortOrder)->order); freeMem((*sortOrder)->setting); freez(sortOrder); } } sortableTdbItem *sortableTdbItemCreate(struct trackDb *tdbChild,sortOrder_t *sortOrder) // creates a sortable tdb item struct, given a child tdb and its parent's sort table // Errors in interpreting a passed in sortOrder will return NULL { sortableTdbItem *item = NULL; - if(tdbChild == NULL || tdbChild->shortLabel == NULL) + if (tdbChild == NULL || tdbChild->shortLabel == NULL) return NULL; AllocVar(item); item->tdb = tdbChild; - if(sortOrder != NULL) // Add some sort buttons + if (sortOrder != NULL) // Add some sort buttons { int sIx=0; - for(sIx=sortOrder->count - 1;sIx>=0;sIx--) // walk backwards to ensure sort order in columns + for (sIx=sortOrder->count - 1;sIx>=0;sIx--) // walk backwards to ensure sort order in columns { sortColumn *column = NULL; AllocVar(column); column->fwd = sortOrder->forward[sIx]; - if(!subgroupFind(item->tdb,sortOrder->column[sIx],&(column->value))) + if (!subgroupFind(item->tdb,sortOrder->column[sIx],&(column->value))) { char *setting = trackDbSetting(item->tdb,sortOrder->column[sIx]); - if(setting != NULL) + if (setting != NULL) column->value = cloneString(setting); // No subgroup, assume there is a matching setting (eg longLabel) } - if(column->value != NULL) + if (column->value != NULL) slAddHead(&(item->columns), column); else { freez(&column); - if(item->columns != NULL) + if (item->columns != NULL) slFreeList(&(item->columns)); freeMem(item); return NULL; // sortOrder setting doesn't match items to be sorted. } } } return item; } static int sortableTdbItemsCmp(const void *va, const void *vb) // Compare two sortable tdb items based upon sort columns. { const sortableTdbItem *a = *((sortableTdbItem **)va); const sortableTdbItem *b = *((sortableTdbItem **)vb); sortColumn *colA = a->columns; sortColumn *colB = b->columns; int compared = 0; for (;compared==0 && colA!=NULL && colB!=NULL;colA=colA->next,colB=colB->next) { - if(colA->value != NULL && colB->value != NULL) + if (colA->value != NULL && colB->value != NULL) compared = strcmp(colA->value, colB->value) * (colA->fwd? 1: -1); } - if(compared != 0) + if (compared != 0) return compared; return strcasecmp(a->tdb->shortLabel, b->tdb->shortLabel); // Last chance } void sortTdbItemsAndUpdatePriorities(sortableTdbItem **items) // sort items in list and then update priorities of item tdbs { - if(items != NULL && *items != NULL) + if (items != NULL && *items != NULL) { slSort(items, sortableTdbItemsCmp); int priority=1; sortableTdbItem *item; for (item = *items; item != NULL; item = item->next) item->tdb->priority = (float)priority++; } } void sortableTdbItemsFree(sortableTdbItem **items) // Frees all memory associated with a list of sortable tdb items { - if(items != NULL && *items != NULL) + if (items != NULL && *items != NULL) { sortableTdbItem *item; for (item = *items; item != NULL; item = item->next) { sortColumn *column; for (column = item->columns; column != NULL; column = column->next) freeMem(column->value); slFreeList(&(item->columns)); } slFreeList(items); } } static boolean colonPairToStrings(char * colonPair,char **first,char **second) - { // Will set *first and *second to NULL. Must free any string returned! No colon: value goes to *first - if(first) + // Will set *first and *second to NULL. Must free any string returned! + // No colon: value goes to *first + { + if (first) *first =NULL; // default to NULL ! - if(second) + if (second) *second=NULL; - if(colonPair != NULL) + if (colonPair != NULL) { - if(strchr(colonPair,':')) + if (strchr(colonPair,':')) { - if(second) + if (second) *second = cloneString(strchr(colonPair,':') + 1); - if(first) + if (first) *first = strSwapChar(cloneString(colonPair),':',0); } - else if(first) + else if (first) *first = cloneString(colonPair); return (*first != NULL || *second != NULL); } return FALSE; } + static boolean colonPairToInts(char * colonPair,int *first,int *second) { // Non-destructive. Only sets values if found. No colon: value goes to *first char *a=NULL; char *b=NULL; - if(colonPairToStrings(colonPair,&a,&b)) + if (colonPairToStrings(colonPair,&a,&b)) { - if(a!=NULL) + if (a!=NULL) { - if(first) + if (first) *first = atoi(a); freeMem(a); } - if(b!=NULL) + if (b!=NULL) { - if(second) + if (second) *second = atoi(b); freeMem(b); } return TRUE; } return FALSE; } + static boolean colonPairToDoubles(char * colonPair,double *first,double *second) { // Non-destructive. Only sets values if found. No colon: value goes to *first char *a=NULL; char *b=NULL; - if(colonPairToStrings(colonPair,&a,&b)) + if (colonPairToStrings(colonPair,&a,&b)) { - if(a!=NULL) + if (a!=NULL) { - if(first) + if (first) *first = strtod(a,NULL); freeMem(a); } - if(b!=NULL) + if (b!=NULL) { - if(second) + if (second) *second = strtod(b,NULL); freeMem(b); } return TRUE; } return FALSE; } filterBy_t *filterBySetGet(struct trackDb *tdb, struct cart *cart, char *name) - /* Gets one or more "filterBy" settings (ClosestToHome). returns NULL if not found */ + // Gets one or more "filterBy" settings (ClosestToHome). returns NULL if not found { filterBy_t *filterBySet = NULL; char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, FILTER_BY); - if(setting == NULL) + if (setting == NULL) return NULL; - if( name == NULL ) + if ( name == NULL ) name = tdb->track; setting = cloneString(setting); char *filters[10]; // multiple filterBys are delimited by space but spaces inside filter can be protected "by quotes" int filterCount = chopByWhiteRespectDoubleQuotes(setting, filters, ArraySize(filters)); int ix; - for(ix=0;ix<filterCount;ix++) + for (ix=0;ix<filterCount;ix++) { char *filter = cloneString(filters[ix]); filterBy_t *filterBy; AllocVar(filterBy); char *first = strchr(filter,':'); if (first != NULL) *first = '\0'; else errAbort("filterBySetGet() expected ':' divider between table column and label."); filterBy->column = filter; filter += strlen(filter) + 1; first = strchr(filter,'='); if (first != NULL) *first = '\0'; else errAbort("filterBySetGet() expected '=' divider between table column and options list."); filterBy->title = strSwapChar(filter,'_',' '); // Title does not have underscores filter += strlen(filter) + 1; // Are values indexes to the string titles? - if(filter[0] == '+') + if (filter[0] == '+') { filter += 1; filterBy->useIndex = TRUE; } // Now set up each of the values which may have 1-3 parts (value|label{style}) // the slName list will have the 3 parts delimited by null value\0label\0style\0 stripString(filter, "\""); // Remove any double quotes now and chop by commmas filterBy->slValues = slNameListFromComma(filter); struct slName *val = filterBy->slValues; - for(;val!=NULL;val=val->next) + for (;val!=NULL;val=val->next) { // chip the style off the end of value or value|label char *chipper = strrchr(val->name,'{'); if (chipper != NULL) { if (val == filterBy->slValues) // First one { filterBy->styleFollows = (lastChar(chipper) == '}'); if (filterBy->styleFollows == FALSE) // Must be closed at the end of the string or filterBy->styleFollows = (*(chipper + 1) == '#'); // Legacy: color only } if (filterBy->styleFollows == FALSE) errAbort("filterBy values either all end in {CSS style} or none do."); *chipper++ = 0; // delimit by null char *end = chipper + (strlen(chipper) - 1); if (*end == '}') *end = 0; else if (*(chipper + 1) != '#') // Legacy: Could be color only definition errAbort("filterBy values ending in style must be enclosed in {curly brackets}."); } else if (filterBy->styleFollows) errAbort("filterBy values either all end in {CSS style} or none do."); if (filterBy->useIndex) strSwapChar(val->name,'_',' '); // value is a label so swap underscores else { // now chip the label off the end of value name chipper =strchr(val->name,'|'); if (chipper != NULL) { if (val == filterBy->slValues) // First one filterBy->valueAndLabel = TRUE; if (filterBy->valueAndLabel == FALSE) - errAbort("filterBy values either all have labels (as value|label) or none do."); - *chipper++ = 0; // The label is found inside the filters->svValues as the next string + errAbort("filterBy values either all have labels (as value|label) " + "or none do."); + *chipper++ = 0; // The label is found inside filters->svValues as the next string strSwapChar(chipper,'_',' '); // Title does not have underscores } else if (filterBy->valueAndLabel) - errAbort("filterBy values either all have labels in form of value|label or none do."); - } + errAbort("filterBy values either all have labels in form of value|label " + "or none do."); + } } slAddTail(&filterBySet,filterBy); // Keep them in order (only a few) - if(cart != NULL) + if (cart != NULL) { char suffix[256]; safef(suffix, sizeof(suffix), "filterBy.%s", filterBy->column); boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name); - if(cartLookUpVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,parentLevel,suffix,&(filterBy->htmlName))) + if (cartLookUpVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,parentLevel,suffix,&(filterBy->htmlName))) { filterBy->slChoices = cartOptionalSlNameList(cart,filterBy->htmlName); freeMem(filterBy->htmlName); } } // Note: cannot use found name above because that may be at a higher (composite/view) level int len = strlen(name) + strlen(filterBy->column) + 15; filterBy->htmlName = needMem(len); safef(filterBy->htmlName, len, "%s.filterBy.%s", name,filterBy->column); } freeMem(setting); return filterBySet; } void filterBySetFree(filterBy_t **filterBySet) - /* Free a set of filterBy structs */ + // Free a set of filterBy structs { - if(filterBySet != NULL) + if (filterBySet != NULL) { - while(*filterBySet != NULL) + while (*filterBySet != NULL) { filterBy_t *filterBy = slPopHead(filterBySet); - if(filterBy->slValues != NULL) + if (filterBy->slValues != NULL) slNameFreeList(filterBy->slValues); - if(filterBy->slChoices != NULL) + if (filterBy->slChoices != NULL) slNameFreeList(filterBy->slChoices); - if(filterBy->htmlName != NULL) + if (filterBy->htmlName != NULL) freeMem(filterBy->htmlName); freeMem(filterBy->column); freeMem(filterBy); } } } static char *filterByClauseStd(filterBy_t *filterBy) - /* returns the SQL where clause for a single filterBy struct in - * the standard cases */ + // returns the SQL where clause for a single filterBy struct in the standard cases { int count = slCount(filterBy->slChoices); struct dyString *dyClause = newDyString(256); dyStringAppend(dyClause, filterBy->column); - if(count == 1) + if (count == 1) dyStringPrintf(dyClause, " = "); else dyStringPrintf(dyClause, " in ("); struct slName *slChoice = NULL; boolean first = TRUE; - for(slChoice = filterBy->slChoices;slChoice != NULL;slChoice=slChoice->next) + for (slChoice = filterBy->slChoices;slChoice != NULL;slChoice=slChoice->next) { - if(!first) + if (!first) dyStringAppend(dyClause, ","); first = FALSE; - if(filterBy->useIndex) + if (filterBy->useIndex) dyStringAppend(dyClause, slChoice->name); else dyStringPrintf(dyClause, "\"%s\"",slChoice->name); } - if(dyStringLen(dyClause) == 0) + if (dyStringLen(dyClause) == 0) { dyStringFree(&dyClause); return NULL; } - if(count > 1) + if (count > 1) dyStringPrintf(dyClause, ")"); return dyStringCannibalize(&dyClause); } char *filterByClause(filterBy_t *filterBy) - /* returns the SQL where clause for a single filterBy struct */ + // returns the SQL where clause for a single filterBy struct { if ((filterBy->slChoices == NULL) || (slNameInList(filterBy->slChoices,"All"))) return NULL; else return filterByClauseStd(filterBy); } struct dyString *dyAddFilterByClause(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, - struct dyString *extraWhere,char *column, boolean *and) - /* creates the where clause condition to support a filterBy setting. - Format: filterBy column:Title=value,value [column:Title=value|label,value|label,value|label]) - filterBy filters are multiselect's so could have multiple values selected. - thus returns the "column1 in (...) and column2 in (...)" clause. - if 'column' is provided, and there are multiple filterBy columns, only the named column's clause is returned. - The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together - */ + struct dyString *extraWhere,char *column, boolean *and) + // creates the where clause condition to support a filterBy setting. + // Format: filterBy column:Title=value,value [column:Title=value|label,value|label,value|label]) + // filterBy filters are multiselect's so could have multiple values selected. + // thus returns the "column1 in (...) and column2 in (...)" clause. + // if 'column' is provided, and there are multiple filterBy columns, only the named column's + // clause is returned. + // The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together { filterBy_t *filterBySet = filterBySetGet(tdb, cart,NULL); - if(filterBySet== NULL) + if (filterBySet== NULL) return extraWhere; filterBy_t *filterBy = filterBySet; - for(;filterBy != NULL; filterBy = filterBy->next) + for (;filterBy != NULL; filterBy = filterBy->next) { - if(column != NULL && differentString(column,filterBy->column)) + if (column != NULL && differentString(column,filterBy->column)) continue; char *clause = filterByClause(filterBy); - if(clause != NULL) + if (clause != NULL) { - if(*and) + if (*and) dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, " AND "); dyStringAppend(extraWhere, clause); freeMem(clause); *and = TRUE; } } filterBySetFree(&filterBySet); return extraWhere; } char *filterBySetClause(filterBy_t *filterBySet) - /* returns the "column1 in (...) and column2 in (...)" clause for a set of filterBy structs */ + // returns the "column1 in (...) and column2 in (...)" clause for a set of filterBy structs { struct dyString *dyClause = newDyString(256); boolean notFirst = FALSE; filterBy_t *filterBy = NULL; - for(filterBy = filterBySet;filterBy != NULL; filterBy = filterBy->next) + for (filterBy = filterBySet;filterBy != NULL; filterBy = filterBy->next) { char *clause = filterByClause(filterBy); - if(clause != NULL) + if (clause != NULL) { - if(notFirst) + if (notFirst) dyStringPrintf(dyClause, " AND "); dyStringAppend(dyClause, clause); freeMem(clause); notFirst = TRUE; } } - if(dyStringLen(dyClause) == 0) + if (dyStringLen(dyClause) == 0) { dyStringFree(&dyClause); return NULL; } return dyStringCannibalize(&dyClause); } void filterBySetCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, filterBy_t *filterBySet, boolean onOneLine) - /* Does the UI for a list of filterBy structure */ + // Does the UI for a list of filterBy structure { - if(filterBySet == NULL) + if (filterBySet == NULL) return; - #define FILTERBY_HELP_LINK "<A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/multiView.html\" TARGET=ucscHelp>help</A>" + #define FILTERBY_HELP_LINK "<A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/multiView.html\" TARGET=ucscHelp>help</A>" int count = slCount(filterBySet); - if(count == 1) + if (count == 1) puts("<TABLE cellpadding=3><TR valign='top'>"); else - printf("<B>Filter items by:</B> (select multiple categories and items - %s)<TABLE cellpadding=3><TR valign='top'>\n",FILTERBY_HELP_LINK); + printf("<B>Filter items by:</B> (select multiple categories and items - %s)" + "<TABLE cellpadding=3><TR valign='top'>\n",FILTERBY_HELP_LINK); filterBy_t *filterBy = NULL; - if(cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL) + if (cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL) { webIncludeResourceFile("ui.dropdownchecklist.css"); jsIncludeFile("ui.dropdownchecklist.js",NULL); jsIncludeFile("ddcl.js",NULL); } int ix=0; - for(filterBy = filterBySet;filterBy != NULL; filterBy = filterBy->next) + for (filterBy = filterBySet;filterBy != NULL; filterBy = filterBy->next) { puts("<TD>"); - if(count == 1) - printf("<B>Filter by %s</B> (select multiple items - %s)",filterBy->title,FILTERBY_HELP_LINK); + if (count == 1) + printf("<B>Filter by %s</B> (select multiple items - %s)", + filterBy->title,FILTERBY_HELP_LINK); else printf("<B>%s</B>",filterBy->title); printf("<BR>\n"); // TODO: columnCount (Number of filterBoxes per row) should be configurable through tdb setting - #define FILTER_BY_FORMAT "<SELECT id='fbc%d' name='%s' multiple style='display: none; font-size:.9em;' class='filterBy'><BR>\n" + #define FILTER_BY_FORMAT "<SELECT id='fbc%d' name='%s' multiple style='display: none; " \ + "font-size:.9em;' class='filterBy'><BR>\n" printf(FILTER_BY_FORMAT,ix,filterBy->htmlName); ix++; - printf("<OPTION%s>All</OPTION>\n",(filterBy->slChoices == NULL || slNameInList(filterBy->slChoices,"All")?" SELECTED":"")); + printf("<OPTION%s>All</OPTION>\n", + (filterBy->slChoices == NULL || slNameInList(filterBy->slChoices,"All") ? " SELECTED" + : "")); struct slName *slValue; int ix=1; - for(slValue=filterBy->slValues;slValue!=NULL;slValue=slValue->next,ix++) + for (slValue=filterBy->slValues;slValue!=NULL;slValue=slValue->next,ix++) { char varName[32]; char *label = NULL; char *name = NULL; if (filterBy->useIndex) { safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%d",ix); name = varName; label = slValue->name; } else { - label = (filterBy->valueAndLabel? slValue->name + strlen(slValue->name)+1: slValue->name); + label = (filterBy->valueAndLabel ? slValue->name + strlen(slValue->name)+1 + : slValue->name); name = slValue->name; } printf("<OPTION"); if (filterBy->slChoices != NULL && slNameInList(filterBy->slChoices,name)) printf(" SELECTED"); if (filterBy->useIndex || filterBy->valueAndLabel) printf(" value='%s'",name); if (filterBy->styleFollows) { char *styler = label + strlen(label)+1; if (*styler != '\0') { if (*styler == '#') // Legacy: just the color that follows printf(" style='color: %s;'",styler); else printf(" style='%s'",styler); } } printf(">%s</OPTION>\n",label); } } - printf("</SELECT>\n"); + printf("</SELECT>\n"); puts("</TR></TABLE>"); return; } #define COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_IX 0 #define COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT_IX 1 - #define DIVIDING_LINE "<TR valign=\"CENTER\" line-height=\"1\" BGCOLOR=\"%s\"><TH colspan=\"5\" align=\"CENTER\"><hr noshade color=\"%s\" width=\"100%%\"></TD></TR>\n" + #define DIVIDING_LINE "<TR valign=\"CENTER\" line-height=\"1\" BGCOLOR=\"%s\"><TH colspan=\"5\" " \ + "align=\"CENTER\"><hr noshade color=\"%s\" width=\"100%%\"></TD></TR>\n" #define DIVIDER_PRINT(color) printf(DIVIDING_LINE,COLOR_BG_DEFAULT,(color)) - static char *checkBoxIdMakeForTrack(struct trackDb *tdb,members_t** dims,int dimMax,membership_t *membership) - /* Creates an 'id' string for subtrack checkbox in style that matrix understand: "cb_dimX_dimY_view_cb" */ + static char *checkBoxIdMakeForTrack(struct trackDb *tdb,members_t** dims,int dimMax, + membership_t *membership) + // Creates an 'id' string for subtrack checkbox in style that matrix understand: + // "cb_dimX_dimY_view_cb" { - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG int len = strlen(tdb->track) + 10; char *id = needMem(len); safef(id,len,"%s_sel",tdb->track); return id; - #else///#ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - int ix; - #define CHECKBOX_ID_SZ 128 - // What is wanted: id="cb_ES_K4_SIG_cb" - struct dyString *id = newDyString(CHECKBOX_ID_SZ); - dyStringPrintf(id,"cb_%s_", tdb->track); - int dimIx=1; // Skips over view dim for now - for(;dimIx<dimMax;dimIx++) - { - if(dims[dimIx] != NULL) - { - ix = stringArrayIx(dims[dimIx]->groupTag, membership->subgroups, membership->count); - if(ix >= 0) - dyStringPrintf(id,"%s_", membership->membership[ix]); - } - } - if(dims[0] != NULL) // The view is saved for last - { - ix = stringArrayIx("view", membership->subgroups, membership->count); // view is a known tagname - if(ix >= 0) - dyStringPrintf(id,"%s_", membership->membership[ix]); - } - dyStringAppend(id,"cb"); - return dyStringCannibalize(&id); - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG } static void checkBoxIdFree(char**id) - /* Frees 'id' string */ + // Frees 'id' string { - if(id && *id) + if (id && *id) freez(id); } static boolean divisionIfNeeded(char **lastDivide,dividers_t *dividers,membership_t *membership) - /* Keeps track of location within subtracks in order to provide requested division lines */ + // Keeps track of location within subtracks in order to provide requested division lines { boolean division = FALSE; - if(dividers) + if (dividers) { - if(lastDivide != NULL) + if (lastDivide != NULL) { int ix; - for(ix=0;ix<dividers->count;ix++) + for (ix=0;ix<dividers->count;ix++) { - int sIx = stringArrayIx(dividers->subgroups[ix],membership->subgroups, membership->count); - if((lastDivide[ix] == (void*)NULL && sIx >= 0) - || (lastDivide[ix] != (void*)NULL && sIx < 0) - || (strcmp(lastDivide[ix],membership->membership[sIx]) != 0) ) + int sIx = stringArrayIx(dividers->subgroups[ix],membership->subgroups, + membership->count); + if ((lastDivide[ix] == (void*)NULL && sIx >= 0) + || (lastDivide[ix] != (void*)NULL && sIx < 0) + || (strcmp(lastDivide[ix],membership->membership[sIx]) != 0) ) { division = TRUE; - if(lastDivide[ix] != (void*)NULL) + if (lastDivide[ix] != (void*)NULL) freeMem(lastDivide[ix]); - lastDivide[ix] = ( sIx<0 ? (void*)NULL : cloneString(membership->membership[sIx]) ); + lastDivide[ix] = (sIx<0 ? (void*)NULL : cloneString(membership->membership[sIx])); } } } - //if(division) + //if (division) // DIVIDER_PRINT(COLOR_DARKGREEN); } return division; } static void indentIfNeeded(hierarchy_t*hierarchy,membership_t *membership) - /* inserts any needed indents */ + // inserts any needed indents { int indent = 0; - if(hierarchy && hierarchy->count>0) + if (hierarchy && hierarchy->count>0) { int ix; - for(ix=0;ix<membership->count;ix++) + for (ix=0;ix<membership->count;ix++) { - int iIx = stringArrayIx(membership->membership[ix], hierarchy->membership, hierarchy->count); - if(iIx >= 0) + int iIx = stringArrayIx(membership->membership[ix], hierarchy->membership, + hierarchy->count); + if (iIx >= 0) { indent = hierarchy->indents[iIx]; break; // Only one } } } - for(;indent>0;indent--) - puts (" "); + for (;indent>0;indent--) + puts(" "); } // FIXME FIXME Should be able to use membersForAll struct to set default sort order from subGroups - // FIXME FIXME This should be done in hgTrackDb at load time and should change tag values to ensure js still works + // FIXME FIXME This should be done in hgTrackDb at load time and should change tag values to + // FIXME FIXME ensure js still works boolean tdbAddPrioritiesFromCart(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdbList) - /* Updates the tdb->priority from cart for all tracks in list and their - * descendents. */ + // Updates the tdb->priority from cart for all tracks in list and their descendents. { char htmlIdentifier[128]; struct trackDb *tdb; boolean cartPriorities = FALSE; for (tdb = tdbList; tdb != NULL; tdb = tdb->next) { safef(htmlIdentifier, sizeof(htmlIdentifier), "%s.priority", tdb->track); char *cartHas = cartOptionalString(cart,htmlIdentifier); - if(cartHas != NULL) + if (cartHas != NULL) { tdb->priority = atof(cartHas); cartPriorities = TRUE; } if (tdbAddPrioritiesFromCart(cart, tdb->subtracks)) cartPriorities = TRUE; } return cartPriorities; } boolean tdbSortPrioritiesFromCart(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb **tdbList) - /* Updates the tdb->priority from cart then sorts the list anew. - Returns TRUE if priorities obtained from cart */ + // Updates the tdb->priority from cart then sorts the list anew. + // Returns TRUE if priorities obtained from cart { boolean cartPriorities = tdbAddPrioritiesFromCart(cart, *tdbList); slSort(tdbList, trackDbCmp); return cartPriorities; } boolean tdbRefSortPrioritiesFromCart(struct cart *cart, struct slRef **tdbRefList) - /* Updates the tdb->priority from cart then sorts the list anew. - Returns TRUE if priorities obtained from cart */ + // Updates the tdb->priority from cart then sorts the list anew. + // Returns TRUE if priorities obtained from cart { char htmlIdentifier[128]; struct slRef *tdbRef; boolean cartPriorities = FALSE; for (tdbRef = *tdbRefList; tdbRef != NULL; tdbRef = tdbRef->next) { struct trackDb *tdb = tdbRef->val; safef(htmlIdentifier, sizeof(htmlIdentifier), "%s.priority", tdb->track); char *cartHas = cartOptionalString(cart,htmlIdentifier); - if(cartHas != NULL) + if (cartHas != NULL) { tdb->priority = atof(cartHas); cartPriorities = TRUE; } } slSort(tdbRefList, trackDbRefCmp); return cartPriorities; } - void cfgByCfgType(eCfgType cType,char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,char *prefix, char *title, boolean boxed) - // Methods for putting up type specific cfgs used by composites/subtracks in hui.c and exported for common use + void cfgByCfgType(eCfgType cType,char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,char *prefix, + char *title, boolean boxed) + // Methods for putting up type specific cfgs used by composites/subtracks in hui.c { - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG // When only one subtrack, then show it's cfg settings instead of composite/view level settings // This simplifies the UI where hgTrackUi won't have 2 levels of cfg, // while hgTracks still supports rightClick cfg of the subtrack. - if (configurableByAjax(tdb,cType) > 0) // Only if subtrack's configurable by ajax do we consider this option - { + if (configurableByAjax(tdb,cType) > 0) // Only if subtrack's configurable by ajax do we + { // consider this option if (tdbIsComposite(tdb) // called for the composite && !tdbIsCompositeView(tdb->subtracks) // and there is no view level && slCount(tdb->subtracks) == 1) // and there is only one subtrack { - //warn("What do you mean by having a composite (%s) with only one subtrack (%s) ???",tdb->track,tdb->subtracks->track); tdb = tdb->subtracks; // show subtrack cfg instead prefix = tdb->track; } else if (tdbIsSubtrack(tdb) // called with subtrack && tdbIsCompositeView(tdb->parent) // subtrack has view && differentString(prefix,tdb->track) // and this has been called FOR the view && slCount(tdb->parent->subtracks) == 1) // and view has only one subtrack prefix = tdb->track; // removes reference to view level } - #endif///def SUBTRACK_CFG // Cfg could be explicitly blocked, but if tdb is example subtrack // then blocking should have occurred before we got here. if (!tdbIsSubtrack(tdb) && trackDbSettingBlocksConfiguration(tdb,FALSE)) return; // composite/view must pass in example subtrack // NOTE: if subtrack types vary then there shouldn't be cfg at composite/view level! while (tdb->subtracks) tdb = tdb->subtracks; switch(cType) { case cfgBedScore: { char *scoreMax = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, SCORE_FILTER _MAX); int maxScore = (scoreMax ? sqlUnsigned(scoreMax):1000); scoreCfgUi(db, cart,tdb,prefix,title,maxScore,boxed); } break; case cfgPeak: encodePeakCfgUi(cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed); break; case cfgWig: wigCfgUi(cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed); break; case cfgWigMaf: wigMafCfgUi(cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed, db); break; case cfgGenePred: genePredCfgUi(cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed); break; case cfgChain: chainCfgUi(db,cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed, NULL); break; case cfgNetAlign: netAlignCfgUi(db,cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed); break; case cfgBedFilt: bedFiltCfgUi(cart,tdb,prefix,title, boxed); break; #ifdef USE_BAM case cfgBam: bamCfgUi(cart, tdb, prefix, title, boxed); break; #endif case cfgVcf: vcfCfgUi(cart, tdb, prefix, title, boxed); break; case cfgPsl: pslCfgUi(db,cart,tdb,prefix,title,boxed); break; - default: warn("Track type is not known to multi-view composites. type is: %d ", cType); + default: warn("Track type is not known to multi-view composites. type is: %d ", + cType); break; } } char *encodeRestrictionDate(char *db,struct trackDb *trackDb,boolean excludePast) - /* Create a string for ENCODE restriction date of this track - if return is not null, then free it after use */ + // Create a string for ENCODE restriction date of this track + // if return is not null, then free it after use { if (!trackDb) return NULL; char *date = NULL; - if(metadataForTable(db,trackDb,NULL) != NULL) + if (metadataForTable(db,trackDb,NULL) != NULL) { date = cloneString((char *)metadataFindValue(trackDb,"dateUnrestricted")); if (date != NULL) date = strSwapChar(date, ' ', 0); // Truncate time (not expected, but just in case) if (excludePast && !isEmpty(date) && dateIsOld(date,"%F")) freez(&date); } return date; } - #ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - static void cfgLinkToDependentCfgs(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,char *prefix) - /* Link composite or view level controls to all associateled lower level controls */ - { - if (!cartVarExists(cart, "ajax") && tdbIsComposite(tdb)) - printf("<script type='text/javascript'>compositeCfgRegisterOnchangeAction(\"%s\")</script>\n",prefix); - } - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG - static void compositeUiSubtracks(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb) - /* Display list of subtracks and descriptions with checkboxes to control visibility and possibly other - * nice things including links to schema and metadata and a release date. */ + // Display list of subtracks and descriptions with checkboxes to control visibility and + // possibly other nice things including links to schema and metadata and a release date. { struct trackDb *subtrack; struct dyString *dyHtml = newDyString(SMALLBUF); //char *colors[2] = { COLOR_BG_DEFAULT, // COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT }; char *colors[2] = { "bgLevel1", "bgLevel1" }; int colorIx = COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_IX; // Start with non-default allows alternation - #ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - boolean dependentCfgsNeedBinding = FALSE; - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG // Get list of leaf subtracks to work with struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks); // Look for dividers, heirarchy, dimensions, sort and dragAndDrop! char **lastDivide = NULL; dividers_t *dividers = dividersSettingGet(parentTdb); if (dividers) lastDivide = needMem(sizeof(char*)*dividers->count); hierarchy_t *hierarchy = hierarchySettingGet(parentTdb); membersForAll_t* membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb,NULL); int dimCount=0,di; - for(di=0;di<membersForAll->dimMax;di++) { if (membersForAll->members[di]) dimCount++; } + for (di=0;di<membersForAll->dimMax;di++) + { + if (membersForAll->members[di]) + dimCount++; + } sortOrder_t* sortOrder = sortOrderGet(cart,parentTdb); boolean preSorted = FALSE; boolean useDragAndDrop = sameOk("subTracks",trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dragAndDrop")); char buffer[SMALLBUF]; char *displaySubs = NULL; int subCount = slCount(subtrackRefList); #define LARGE_COMPOSITE_CUTOFF 30 if (subCount > LARGE_COMPOSITE_CUTOFF) { safef(buffer,SMALLBUF,"%s.displaySubtracks",parentTdb->track); - displaySubs = cartUsualString(cart, buffer,"some"); // track specific defaults to only selected + displaySubs = cartUsualString(cart, buffer,"some"); // track specific defaults to only selected } else { - displaySubs = cartUsualString(cart, "displaySubtracks", "all"); // browser wide defaults to all + displaySubs = cartUsualString(cart, "displaySubtracks", "all"); // browser wide defaults to all } boolean displayAll = sameString(displaySubs, "all"); // Determine whether there is a restricted until date column boolean restrictions = FALSE; for (subtrackRef = subtrackRefList; subtrackRef != NULL; subtrackRef = subtrackRef->next) { subtrack = subtrackRef->val; (void)metadataForTable(db,subtrack,NULL); if (NULL != metadataFindValue(subtrack,"dateUnrestricted")) { restrictions = TRUE; break; } } // Table wraps around entire list so that "Top" link can float to the correct place. cgiDown(0.7); printf("<table><tr><td class='windowSize'>"); printf("<A NAME='DISPLAY_SUBTRACKS'></A>"); if (sortOrder != NULL) { // First table row contains the display "selected/visible" or "all" radio buttons - // NOTE: list subtrack radio buttons are inside tracklist table header if there are no sort columns - // The reason is to ensure spacing of lines column headers when the only column header is "Restricted Until" + // NOTE: list subtrack radio buttons are inside tracklist table header if + // there are no sort columns. The reason is to ensure spacing of lines + // column headers when the only column header is "Restricted Until" printf("<B>List subtracks: "); char javascript[JBUFSIZE]; - safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(true);'"); + safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), + "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(true);'"); if (subCount > LARGE_COMPOSITE_CUTOFF) safef(buffer,SMALLBUF,"%s.displaySubtracks",parentTdb->track); else safecpy(buffer,SMALLBUF,"displaySubtracks"); cgiMakeOnClickRadioButton(buffer, "selected", !displayAll,javascript); puts("only selected/visible "); - safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(false);'"); + safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), + "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(false);'"); cgiMakeOnClickRadioButton(buffer, "all", displayAll,javascript); printf("all</B>"); if (slCount(subtrackRefList) > 5) printf(" (<span class='subCBcount'></span>)"); makeTopLink(parentTdb); printf("</td></tr></table>"); } else makeTopLink(parentTdb); // Now we can start in on the table of subtracks It may be sortable and/or dragAndDroppable printf("\n<TABLE CELLSPACING='2' CELLPADDING='0' border='0'"); dyStringClear(dyHtml); if (sortOrder != NULL) dyStringPrintf(dyHtml, "sortable"); if (useDragAndDrop) { if (dyStringLen(dyHtml) > 0) dyStringAppendC(dyHtml,' '); dyStringPrintf(dyHtml, "tableWithDragAndDrop"); } printf(" class='subtracks"); if (dyStringLen(dyHtml) > 0) { printf(" bglevel1 %s'",dyStringContents(dyHtml)); colorIx = COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT_IX; } if (sortOrder != NULL) puts("'><THEAD class=sortable>"); else puts("'><THEAD>"); boolean doColorPatch = trackDbSettingOn(parentTdb, "showSubtrackColorOnUi"); int colspan = 3; if (sortOrder != NULL) colspan = sortOrder->count+2; - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG else if (!tdbIsMultiTrack(parentTdb)) // An extra column for subVis/wrench so dragAndDrop works colspan++; - #endif///def SUBTRACK_CFG if (doColorPatch) colspan += 1; int columnCount = 0; if (sortOrder != NULL) printf("<TR id=\"subtracksHeader\" class='sortable%s'>\n",useDragAndDrop?" nodrop nodrag":""); else { printf("<TR%s>",useDragAndDrop?" id='noDrag' class='nodrop nodrag'":""); // First table row contains the display "selected/visible" or "all" radio buttons - // NOTE: list subtrack radio buttons are inside tracklist table header if there are no sort columns - // The reason is to ensure spacing of lines column headers when the only column header is "Restricted Until" + // NOTE: list subtrack radio buttons are inside tracklist table header if + // there are no sort columns. The reason is to ensure spacing of lines + // column headers when the only column header is "Restricted Until" printf("<TD colspan='%d'><B>List subtracks: ", colspan); char javascript[JBUFSIZE]; - safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(true);'"); + safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), + "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(true);'"); if (subCount > LARGE_COMPOSITE_CUTOFF) safef(buffer,SMALLBUF,"%s.displaySubtracks",parentTdb->track); else safecpy(buffer,SMALLBUF,"displaySubtracks"); cgiMakeOnClickRadioButton(buffer, "selected", !displayAll,javascript); puts("only selected/visible "); - safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(false);'"); + safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), + "class='allOrOnly' onclick='showOrHideSelectedSubtracks(false);'"); cgiMakeOnClickRadioButton(buffer, "all", displayAll,javascript); printf("all</B>"); if (slCount(subtrackRefList) > 5) printf(" (<span class='subCBcount'></span>)"); puts("</TD>"); columnCount = colspan; } // Add column headers which are sort button links if (sortOrder != NULL) { - printf("<TH> <INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN NAME='%s' class='sortOrder' VALUE='%s'></TH>\n", sortOrder->htmlId, sortOrder->sortOrder); // keeing track of sortOrder + printf("<TH> <INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN NAME='%s' class='sortOrder' VALUE='%s'></TH>\n", + sortOrder->htmlId, sortOrder->sortOrder); // keeing track of sortOrder columnCount++; - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG if (!tdbIsMultiTrack(parentTdb)) // An extra column for subVis/wrench so dragAndDrop works { printf("<TH></TH>\n"); columnCount++; } - #endif///def SUBTRACK_CFG // Columns in tdb order (unchanging), sort in cart order (changed by user action) int sIx=0; - for(sIx=0;sIx<sortOrder->count;sIx++) + for (sIx=0;sIx<sortOrder->count;sIx++) { if (sameString(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME,sortOrder->column[sIx])) break; // All wrangler requested sort orders have been done. if (sameString(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED,sortOrder->column[sIx])) break; // All wrangler requested sort orders have been done. - printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' abbr='use' onclick='tableSortAtButtonPress(this);'>%s", - sortOrder->column[sIx],(sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"":" sortRev"),sortOrder->order[sIx],sortOrder->title[sIx]); + printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' abbr='use' " + "onclick='tableSortAtButtonPress(this);'>%s", sortOrder->column[sIx], + (sortOrder->forward[sIx] ? "" : " sortRev"),sortOrder->order[sIx], + sortOrder->title[sIx]); printf("<sup>%s",(sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"↓":"↑")); if (sortOrder->count > 1) - printf ("%d",sortOrder->order[sIx]); + printf("%d",sortOrder->order[sIx]); printf("</sup>"); - puts ("</TH>"); + puts("</TH>"); columnCount++; } // longLabel column assert(sameString(SORT_ON_TRACK_NAME,sortOrder->column[sIx])); - printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' onclick='tableSortAtButtonPress(this);' align='left'> Track Name", + printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' onclick='tableSortAtButtonPress(this);' " + "align='left'> Track Name", sortOrder->column[sIx],(sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"":" sortRev"),sortOrder->order[sIx]); printf("<sup>%s%d</sup>",(sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"↓":"↑"),sortOrder->order[sIx]); - puts ("</TH>"); + puts("</TH>"); columnCount++; } puts("<TH> </TH>"); // schema column columnCount++; // Finally there may be a restricted until column if (restrictions) { if (sortOrder != NULL) { int sIx=sortOrder->count-1; assert(sameString(SORT_ON_RESTRICTED,sortOrder->column[sIx])); - printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' onclick='tableSortAtButtonPress(this);' align='left'> Restricted Until", - sortOrder->column[sIx],(sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"":" sortRev"),sortOrder->order[sIx]); - printf("<sup>%s%d</sup>",(sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"↓":"↑"),sortOrder->order[sIx]); - //printf("<span class='bgLevel1' style='height:100%%;'><A HREF=\'%s\' TARGET=BLANK> ? </A></span>", ENCODE_DATA_RELEASE_POLICY); - puts ("</TH>"); + printf("<TH id='%s' class='sortable%s sort%d' onclick='tableSortAtButtonPress(this);' " + "align='left'> Restricted Until", sortOrder->column[sIx], + (sortOrder->forward[sIx]?"":" sortRev"),sortOrder->order[sIx]); + printf("<sup>%s%d</sup>",(sortOrder->forward[sIx] ? "↓" : "↑"), + sortOrder->order[sIx]); + puts("</TH>"); } else { printf("<TH align='center'> "); printf("<A HREF=\'%s\' TARGET=BLANK>Restricted Until</A>", ENCODE_DATA_RELEASE_POLICY); puts(" </TH>"); } columnCount++; } puts("</TR></THEAD>"); // The end of the header section. - // The subtracks need to be sorted by priority but only sortable and dragable will have non-default (cart) priorities to sort on + // The subtracks need to be sorted by priority but only sortable and dragable will have + // non-default (cart) priorities to sort on if (sortOrder != NULL || useDragAndDrop) { - preSorted = tdbRefSortPrioritiesFromCart(cart, &subtrackRefList); // preserves user's prev sort/drags + // preserves user's prev sort/drags + preSorted = tdbRefSortPrioritiesFromCart(cart, &subtrackRefList); printf("<TBODY class='%saltColors'>\n",(sortOrder != NULL ? "sortable " : "") ); } else { slSort(&subtrackRefList, trackDbRefCmp); // straight from trackDb.ra preSorted = TRUE; puts("<TBODY>"); } // Finally the big "for loop" to list each subtrack as a table row. printf("\n<!-- ----- subtracks list ----- -->\n"); for (subtrackRef = subtrackRefList; subtrackRef != NULL; subtrackRef = subtrackRef->next) { subtrack = subtrackRef->val; int ix; // Determine whether subtrack is checked, visible, configurable, has group membership, etc. int fourState = subtrackFourStateChecked(subtrack,cart); boolean checkedCB = fourStateChecked(fourState); boolean enabledCB = fourStateEnabled(fourState); boolean visibleCB = fourStateVisible(fourState); membership_t *membership = subgroupMembershipGet(subtrack); eCfgType cType = cfgNone; if (!tdbIsMultiTrack(parentTdb)) // MultiTracks never have configurable subtracks! cType = cfgTypeFromTdb(subtrack,FALSE); if (cType != cfgNone) { - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG // Turn off configuring for certain track type or if explicitly turned off int cfgSubtrack = configurableByAjax(subtrack,cType); if (cfgSubtrack <= cfgNone) cType = cfgNone; - else if (membersForAll->members[dimV]) // subtrack only configurable if more than one subtrack in view - { // find "view" in subgroup membership: e.g. "signal" - if (-1 != (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag, membership->subgroups, membership->count))) + else if (membersForAll->members[dimV]) + { // subtrack only configurable if more than one subtrack in view + // find "view" in subgroup membership: e.g. "signal" + if (-1 != (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag, + membership->subgroups, membership->count))) { int ix2; // find "signal" in set of all views - if (-1 != (ix2 = stringArrayIx(membership->membership[ix], membersForAll->members[dimV]->tags, membersForAll->members[dimV]->count))) + if (-1 != (ix2 = stringArrayIx(membership->membership[ix], + membersForAll->members[dimV]->tags, + membersForAll->members[dimV]->count))) { if (membersForAll->members[dimV]->subtrackCount[ix2] < 2) cType = cfgNone; } } } - else if (slCount(subtrackRefList) < 2 && cfgTypeFromTdb(parentTdb,FALSE) != cfgNone) - cType = cfgNone; // don't bother if there is a single subtrack but the composite is configurable. - #else///ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - if (trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(subtrack, "configurable") == FALSE) + else if (slCount(subtrackRefList) < 2 // don't bother if there is a single subtrack + && cfgTypeFromTdb(parentTdb,FALSE) != cfgNone) // but the composite is configurable. cType = cfgNone; - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG } if (sortOrder == NULL && !useDragAndDrop) { if ( divisionIfNeeded(lastDivide,dividers,membership) ) - colorIx = (colorIx == COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_IX ? COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT_IX : COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_IX); + colorIx = (colorIx == COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_IX ? COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT_IX + : COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_IX); } // Start the TR which must have an id that is directly related to the checkBox id - char *id = checkBoxIdMakeForTrack(subtrack,membersForAll->members,membersForAll->dimMax,membership); // view is known tag + char *id = checkBoxIdMakeForTrack(subtrack,membersForAll->members,membersForAll->dimMax, + membership); // view is known tag printf("<TR valign='top' class='%s%s'",colors[colorIx],(useDragAndDrop?" trDraggable":"")); printf(" id=tr_%s%s>\n",id,(!visibleCB && !displayAll?" style='display:none'":"")); // Now the TD that holds the checkbox printf("<TD%s%s>", (enabledCB?"":" title='view is hidden'"), (useDragAndDrop?" class='dragHandle' title='Drag to reorder'":"")); // A hidden field to keep track of subtrack order if it could change if (sortOrder != NULL || useDragAndDrop) { safef(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s.priority", subtrack->track); float priority = (float)cartUsualDouble(cart, buffer, subtrack->priority); - printf("<INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN NAME='%s' class='trPos' VALUE=\"%.0f\">", buffer, priority); // keeing track of priority + printf("<INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN NAME='%s' class='trPos' VALUE=\"%.0f\">", + buffer, priority); // keeing track of priority } - // The checkbox has identifying classes including subCB and the tag for each dimension (e.g. class='subCB GM12878 CTCF Peak') + // The checkbox has identifying classes including subCB and the tag for each dimension + // (e.g. class='subCB GM12878 CTCF Peak') dyStringClear(dyHtml); dyStringAppend(dyHtml, "subCB"); // always first if (membersForAll->dimensions) { - for(di=dimX;di<membersForAll->dimMax;di++) + for (di=dimX;di<membersForAll->dimMax;di++) { - if (membersForAll->members[di] && -1 != (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[di]->groupTag, membership->subgroups, membership->count))) + if (membersForAll->members[di] && -1 != + (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[di]->groupTag, + membership->subgroups, membership->count))) dyStringPrintf(dyHtml," %s",membership->membership[ix]); } } - else if (membersForAll->abcCount) // "dimensions" don't exist but there may be subgroups anyway + else if (membersForAll->abcCount) // "dimensions" don't exist but may be subgroups anyway { - for(di=dimA;di<membersForAll->dimMax;di++) + for (di=dimA;di<membersForAll->dimMax;di++) { - if (membersForAll->members[di] && -1 != (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[di]->groupTag, membership->subgroups, membership->count))) + if (membersForAll->members[di] && -1 != + (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[di]->groupTag, + membership->subgroups, membership->count))) dyStringPrintf(dyHtml," %s",membership->membership[ix]); } } - if (membersForAll->members[dimV] && -1 != (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag, membership->subgroups, membership->count))) + if (membersForAll->members[dimV] && -1 != + (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag, + membership->subgroups, membership->count))) dyStringPrintf(dyHtml, " %s",membership->membership[ix]); // Saved view for last // And finally the checkBox is made! safef(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s_sel", subtrack->track); - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG if (!enabledCB) { dyStringAppend(dyHtml, " disabled"); - cgiMakeCheckBoxFourWay(buffer,checkedCB,enabledCB,id,dyStringContents(dyHtml),"onclick='matSubCbClick(this);' style='cursor:pointer' title='view is hidden'"); + cgiMakeCheckBoxFourWay(buffer,checkedCB,enabledCB,id,dyStringContents(dyHtml), + "onclick='matSubCbClick(this);' style='cursor:pointer' title='view is hidden'"); } else - #endif///def SUBTRACK_CFG - cgiMakeCheckBoxFourWay(buffer,checkedCB,enabledCB,id,dyStringContents(dyHtml),"onclick='matSubCbClick(this);' style='cursor:pointer'"); + cgiMakeCheckBoxFourWay(buffer,checkedCB,enabledCB,id,dyStringContents(dyHtml), + "onclick='matSubCbClick(this);' style='cursor:pointer'"); if (useDragAndDrop) printf(" "); - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG if (!tdbIsMultiTrack(parentTdb)) // MultiTracks never have independent vis { printf("</TD><TD>"); // An extra column for subVis/wrench so dragAndDrop works enum trackVisibility vis = tdbVisLimitedByAncestors(cart,subtrack,FALSE,FALSE); char *view = NULL; if (membersForAll->members[dimV] - && -1 != (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag, membership->subgroups, membership->count))) + && -1 != (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag, membership->subgroups, + membership->count))) view = membership->membership[ix]; - char classList[256]; - if (view != NULL) - safef(classList,sizeof(classList),"clickable fauxInput%s subVisDD %s",(visibleCB ? "":" disabled"),view); // view should be last! - else - safef(classList,sizeof(classList),"clickable fauxInput%s subVisDD",(visibleCB ? "":" disabled")); - #define SUBTRACK_CFG_VIS "<div id= '%s_faux' class='%s' style='width:65px;' onclick='return subCfg.replaceWithVis(this,\"%s\",true);'>%s</div>\n" - printf(SUBTRACK_CFG_VIS,subtrack->track,classList,subtrack->track,hStringFromTv(vis)); + char classList[256]; + if (view != NULL) + safef(classList,sizeof(classList),"clickable fauxInput%s subVisDD %s", + (visibleCB ? "":" disabled"),view); // view should be last! + else + safef(classList,sizeof(classList),"clickable fauxInput%s subVisDD", + (visibleCB ? "":" disabled")); + #define SUBTRACK_CFG_VIS "<div id= '%s_faux' class='%s' style='width:65px;' " \ + "onclick='return subCfg.replaceWithVis(this,\"%s\",true);'>" \ + "%s</div>\n" + printf(SUBTRACK_CFG_VIS,subtrack->track,classList,subtrack->track,hStringFromTv(vis)); if (cType != cfgNone) // make a wrench { - #define SUBTRACK_CFG_WRENCH "<span class='clickable%s' onclick='return subCfg.cfgToggle(this,\"%s\");' title='Configure this subtrack'><img src='../images/wrench.png'></span>\n" + #define SUBTRACK_CFG_WRENCH "<span class='clickable%s' onclick='return " \ + "subCfg.cfgToggle(this,\"%s\");' title='Configure this " \ + "subtrack'><img src='../images/wrench.png'></span>\n" printf(SUBTRACK_CFG_WRENCH,(visibleCB ? "":" disabled"),subtrack->track); } } printf("</TD>"); - #endif///def SUBTRACK_CFG // A color patch which helps distinguish subtracks in some types of composites if (doColorPatch) { printf("<TD BGCOLOR='#%02X%02X%02X'> </TD>", - subtrack->colorR, subtrack->colorG, subtrack->colorB); + subtrack->colorR, subtrack->colorG, subtrack->colorB); } // If sortable, then there must be a column per sortable dimension if (sortOrder != NULL) { int sIx=0; - for(sIx=0;sIx<sortOrder->count;sIx++) + for (sIx=0;sIx<sortOrder->count;sIx++) { - ix = stringArrayIx(sortOrder->column[sIx], membership->subgroups, membership->count); // TODO: Sort needs to expand from subGroups to labels as well + ix = stringArrayIx(sortOrder->column[sIx], membership->subgroups, membership->count); + // TODO: Sort needs to expand from subGroups to labels as well if (ix >= 0) { char *titleRoot=NULL; if (cvTermIsEmpty(sortOrder->column[sIx],membership->titles[ix])) titleRoot = cloneString(" "); else titleRoot = labelRoot(membership->titles[ix],NULL); - // Each sortable column requires hidden goop (in the "abbr" field currently) which is the actual sort on value - printf ("<TD id='%s_%s' abbr='%s' align='left'> ",subtrack->track,sortOrder->column[sIx],membership->membership[ix]); - #ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - #define CFG_SUBTRACK_LINK "<A HREF='#a_cfg_%s' onclick='return subtrackCfgShow(\"%s\");' title='Subtrack Configuration'>%s</A>" - #define MAKE_CFG_SUBTRACK_LINK(table,title) printf(CFG_SUBTRACK_LINK, (table),(table),(title)) - if (cType != cfgNone && sameString("view",sortOrder->column[sIx])) // configure link is on view currently - MAKE_CFG_SUBTRACK_LINK(subtrack->track,titleRoot); - else - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG - printf("%s",titleRoot); - puts ("</TD>"); + // Each sortable column requires hidden goop (in the "abbr" field currently) + // which is the actual sort on value + printf("<TD id='%s_%s' abbr='%s' align='left'> ", + subtrack->track,sortOrder->column[sIx],membership->membership[ix]); + printf("%s",titleRoot); + puts("</TD>"); freeMem(titleRoot); } } } - else // Non-sortable tables do not have sort by columns but will display a short label (which may be a configurable link) - { - printf ("<TD> "); + else // Non-sortable tables do not have sort by columns but will display a short label + { // (which may be a configurable link) + printf("<TD> "); indentIfNeeded(hierarchy,membership); - #ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - if (cType != cfgNone) - MAKE_CFG_SUBTRACK_LINK(subtrack->track,subtrack->shortLabel); - else - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG - printf("%s",subtrack->shortLabel); - puts ("</TD>"); + printf("%s",subtrack->shortLabel); + puts("</TD>"); } - // The long label column (note that it may have a "..." that allows getting at all the metadata) - printf ("<TD title='select to copy'> %s", subtrack->longLabel); + // The long label column (note that it may have a metadata dropdown) + printf("<TD title='select to copy'> %s", subtrack->longLabel); if (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "wgEncode") && trackDbSetting(subtrack, "accession")) - printf (" [GEO:%s]", trackDbSetting(subtrack, "accession")); + printf(" [GEO:%s]", trackDbSetting(subtrack, "accession")); compositeMetadataToggle(db,subtrack,NULL,TRUE,FALSE); printf(" "); - // Embedded cfg dialogs are within the TD that contains the longLabel. This allows a wide item to be embedded in the table + // Embedded cfg dialogs are within the TD that contains the longLabel. + // This allows a wide item to be embedded in the table if (cType != cfgNone) { - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG // How to make this thing float to the left? Container is overflow:visible // and contained (made in js) is position:relative; left: -{some pixels} - #define CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV "<DIV id='div_cfg_%s' class='subCfg %s' style='display:none; overflow:visible;'></DIV>" - #define MAKE_CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV(table,view) printf(CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV,(table),(view)?(view):"noView") + #define CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV "<DIV id='div_cfg_%s' class='subCfg %s' style='display:none; " \ + "overflow:visible;'></DIV>" + #define MAKE_CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV(table,view) \ + printf(CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV,(table),(view)?(view):"noView") char * view = NULL; - if (membersForAll->members[dimV] && -1 != (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag, membership->subgroups, membership->count))) + if (membersForAll->members[dimV] && -1 != + (ix = stringArrayIx(membersForAll->members[dimV]->groupTag, + membership->subgroups, membership->count))) view = membership->membership[ix]; MAKE_CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV(subtrack->track,view); - #else///ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - dependentCfgsNeedBinding = TRUE; // configurable subtrack needs to be bound to composite settings - #define CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV "<DIV id='div_%s_cfg'%s><INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN NAME='%s' value='%s'>\n" - #define MAKE_CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV(table,cfgVar,open) printf(CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV,(table),((open)?"":" style='display:none'"),(cfgVar),((open)?"on":"off")) - safef(buffer,sizeof(buffer),"%s.childShowCfg",subtrack->track); - boolean open = cartUsualBoolean(cart, buffer,FALSE); - MAKE_CFG_SUBTRACK_DIV(subtrack->track,buffer,open); - cfgByCfgType(cType,db,cart,subtrack,subtrack->track,"Subtrack",TRUE); - printf("</DIV>"); - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG } // A schema link for each track printf("</td>\n<TD> "); makeSchemaLink(db,subtrack,"schema"); printf(" "); // Do we have a restricted until date? if (restrictions) { char *dateDisplay = encodeRestrictionDate(db,subtrack,FALSE); // includes dates in the past if (dateDisplay) { if (dateIsOld(dateDisplay,"%F")) - printf("</TD>\n<TD align='center' nowrap style='color: #BBBBBB;'> %s ", dateDisplay); + printf("</TD>\n<TD align='center' nowrap style='color: #BBBBBB;'> %s ", + dateDisplay); else printf("</TD>\n<TD align='center'> %s ", dateDisplay); } } // End of row and free ourselves of this subtrack puts("</TD></TR>\n"); checkBoxIdFree(&id); } // End of the table puts("</TBODY>"); if (slCount(subtrackRefList) > 5 || (restrictions && sortOrder != NULL)) { printf("<TFOOT style='background-color:%s;'><TR valign='top'>", COLOR_BG_DEFAULT_DARKER); if (restrictions && sortOrder != NULL) printf("<TD colspan=%d> ",columnCount-1); else printf("<TD colspan=%d> ",columnCount); // Count of subtracks is filled in by javascript. if (slCount(subtrackRefList) > 5) printf("<span class='subCBcount'></span>\n"); // Restriction policy needs a link if (restrictions && sortOrder != NULL) printf("</TD><TH><A HREF='%s' TARGET=BLANK style='font-size:.9em;'>Restriction Policy</A>", ENCODE_DATA_RELEASE_POLICY); printf("</TD></TR></TFOOT>\n"); } puts("</TABLE>"); if (sortOrder == NULL) printf("</td></tr></table>"); - #ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - if (dependentCfgsNeedBinding) - cfgLinkToDependentCfgs(cart,parentTdb,parentTdb->track); - #endif//ndef SUBTRACK_CFG - // Finally we are free of all this membersForAllSubGroupsFree(parentTdb,&membersForAll); dyStringFree(&dyHtml) sortOrderFree(&sortOrder); dividersFree(÷rs); hierarchyFree(&hierarchy); } - static void compositeUiSubtracksMatchingPrimary(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb,char *primarySubtrack) - /* Display list of subtracks associated with a primary subtrack for the hgTables merge function */ + static void compositeUiSubtracksMatchingPrimary(char *db, struct cart *cart, + struct trackDb *parentTdb,char *primarySubtrack) + // Display list of subtracks associated with a primary subtrack for the hgTables merge function { assert(primarySubtrack != NULL); char *primaryType = getPrimaryType(primarySubtrack, parentTdb); char htmlIdentifier[SMALLBUF]; // Get list of leaf subtracks to work with and sort them - struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks); - if (NULL != trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "sortOrder") || NULL != trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dragAndDrop")) + struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList = + trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks); + if (NULL != trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "sortOrder") + || NULL != trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "dragAndDrop")) tdbRefSortPrioritiesFromCart(cart, &subtrackRefList); // preserves user's prev sort/drags else slSort(&subtrackRefList, trackDbRefCmp); // straight from trackDb.ra // Now we can start in on the table of subtracks - printf("\n<TABLE CELLSPACING='2' CELLPADDING='0' border='0' id='subtracks.%s'><THEAD>\n</TR></THEAD><TBODY>\n",parentTdb->track); + printf("\n<TABLE CELLSPACING='2' CELLPADDING='0' border='0' id='subtracks.%s'>" + "<THEAD>\n</TR></THEAD><TBODY>\n",parentTdb->track); for (subtrackRef = subtrackRefList; subtrackRef != NULL; subtrackRef = subtrackRef->next) { struct trackDb *subtrack = subtrackRef->val; int fourState = subtrackFourStateChecked(subtrack,cart); boolean checkedCB = fourStateChecked(fourState); boolean enabledCB = fourStateEnabled(fourState); safef(htmlIdentifier, sizeof(htmlIdentifier), "%s_sel", subtrack->track); if (sameString(subtrack->track, primarySubtrack)) { puts("<TR><TD>"); cgiMakeHiddenBoolean(htmlIdentifier, TRUE); puts("[on] "); - printf ("</TD><TD>%s [selected on main page]</TD></TR>\n", - subtrack->longLabel); + printf("</TD><TD>%s [selected on main page]</TD></TR>\n", + subtrack->longLabel); } else if (hSameTrackDbType(primaryType, subtrack->type)) { puts("<TR><TD>"); cgiMakeCheckBox(htmlIdentifier, checkedCB && enabledCB); - printf ("</TD><TD>%s</TD></TR>\n", subtrack->longLabel); + printf("</TD><TD>%s</TD></TR>\n", subtrack->longLabel); } } puts("</TBODY><TFOOT></TFOOT>"); puts("</TABLE>"); if (slCount(subtrackRefList) > 5) puts(" <span class='subCBcount'></span>"); puts("<P>"); if (!primarySubtrack) puts("<script type='text/javascript'>matInitializeMatrix();</script>"); } - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG static void makeAddClearButtonPair(char *class,char *seperator) // Print an [Add][Clear] button pair that uses javascript to check subtracks { char buf[256]; if (class) safef(buf, sizeof buf,"matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(true,'%s'); return false;", class); else safef(buf, sizeof buf,"matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(true); return false;"); cgiMakeOnClickButton(buf, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL); if (seperator) printf("%s",seperator); if (class) safef(buf, sizeof buf,"matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(false,'%s'); return false;", class); else safef(buf, sizeof buf,"matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(false); return false;"); cgiMakeOnClickButton(buf, CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL); } - #else///ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - static void makeAddClearSubmitTweak(char javascript[JBUFSIZE], char *formName, - char *buttonVar, char *label) - /* safef into javascript a sequence of commands that will force a refresh - * of this same form, updating the values of whatever variables are necessary - * to say what we want to do. */ - { - safef(javascript, JBUFSIZE*sizeof(char), - "document.%s.action = '%s'; document.%s.%s.value='%s'; " - "document.%s.submit();", - formName, cgiScriptName(), formName, buttonVar, label, - formName); - } - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG #define MANY_SUBTRACKS 8 - #define WIGGLE_HELP_PAGE "../goldenPath/help/hgWiggleTrackHelp.html" boolean cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(struct trackDb *tdb, boolean boxed, char *title) - /* Handle start of box and title for individual track type settings */ + // Handle start of box and title for individual track type settings { - if(!boxed) + if (!boxed) { boxed = trackDbSettingOn(tdb,"boxedCfg"); - if(boxed) + if (boxed) printf("<BR>"); } if (boxed) { printf("<TABLE class='blueBox"); char *view = tdbGetViewName(tdb); - if(view != NULL) + if (view != NULL) printf(" %s",view); printf("' style='background-color:%s;'><TR><TD>", COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT); if (title) printf("<CENTER><B>%s Configuration</B></CENTER>\n", title); } else if (title) printf("<p><B>%s </b>", title ); else printf("<p>"); return boxed; } void cfgEndBox(boolean boxed) - /* Handle end of box and title for individual track type settings */ + // Handle end of box and title for individual track type settings { if (boxed) puts("</td></tr></table>"); } void wigCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, boolean boxed) /* UI for the wiggle track */ { char *typeLine = NULL; /* to parse the trackDb type line */ char *words[8]; /* to parse the trackDb type line */ int wordCount = 0; /* to parse the trackDb type line */ char option[256]; double minY; /* from trackDb or cart */ double maxY; /* from trackDb or cart */ double tDbMinY; /* data range limits from trackDb type line */ double tDbMaxY; /* data range limits from trackDb type line */ int defaultHeight; /* pixels per item */ char *horizontalGrid = NULL; /* Grid lines, off by default */ char *transformFunc = NULL; /* function to transform data points */ char *alwaysZero = NULL; /* Always include 0 in range */ char *lineBar; /* Line or Bar graph */ char *autoScale; /* Auto scaling on or off */ char *windowingFunction; /* Maximum, Mean, or Minimum */ char *smoothingWindow; /* OFF or [2:16] */ char *yLineMarkOnOff; /* user defined Y marker line to draw */ double yLineMark; /* from trackDb or cart */ int maxHeightPixels = atoi(DEFAULT_HEIGHT_PER); int minHeightPixels = MIN_HEIGHT_PER; boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); wigFetchMinMaxPixelsWithCart(cart,tdb,name,&minHeightPixels, &maxHeightPixels, &defaultHeight); typeLine = cloneString(tdb->type); wordCount = chopLine(typeLine,words); wigFetchMinMaxYWithCart(cart, tdb, name, &minY, &maxY, &tDbMinY, &tDbMaxY, wordCount, words); freeMem(typeLine); wigFetchTransformFuncWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &transformFunc); wigFetchAlwaysZeroWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &alwaysZero); wigFetchHorizontalGridWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &horizontalGrid); wigFetchAutoScaleWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &autoScale); wigFetchGraphTypeWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &lineBar); wigFetchWindowingFunctionWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &windowingFunction); wigFetchSmoothingWindowWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &smoothingWindow); wigFetchYLineMarkWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &yLineMarkOnOff); wigFetchYLineMarkValueWithCart(cart,tdb,name, &yLineMark); printf("<TABLE BORDER=0>"); boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb, name); - if(parentLevel) + if (parentLevel) { assert(tdb->parent != NULL); char *aggregate = trackDbSetting(tdb->parent, "aggregate"); if (aggregate != NULL && parentLevel) { char *aggregateVal = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb->parent, "aggregate", NULL); - printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Overlay method:</th><td align=left>"); - safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, AGGREGATE); - aggregateDropDown(option, aggregateVal); - puts("</td></TR>"); - } + printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Overlay method:</th><td align=left>"); + safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, AGGREGATE); + aggregateDropDown(option, aggregateVal); + puts("</td></TR>"); + } } printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Type of graph:</th><td align=left>"); snprintf( option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, LINEBAR ); wiggleGraphDropDown(option, lineBar); - if(boxed) + if (boxed) { printf("</td><td align=right colspan=2>"); printf("<A HREF=\"%s\" TARGET=_blank>Graph configuration help</A>",WIGGLE_HELP_PAGE); } puts("</td></TR>"); printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Track height:</th><td align=left colspan=3>"); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, HEIGHTPER ); cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(option, defaultHeight, "Track height",0, minHeightPixels, maxHeightPixels); printf("pixels (range: %d to %d)", - minHeightPixels, maxHeightPixels); + minHeightPixels, maxHeightPixels); puts("</TD></TR>"); - printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Vertical viewing range:</th><td align=left> min: "); + printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Vertical viewing range:</th>" + "<td align=left> min: "); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, MIN_Y ); cgiMakeDoubleVarWithLimits(option, minY, "Range min", 0, NO_VALUE, NO_VALUE); printf("</td><td align=leftv colspan=2>max: "); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, MAX_Y ); cgiMakeDoubleVarWithLimits(option, maxY, "Range max", 0, NO_VALUE, NO_VALUE); printf(" (range: %g to %g)", - tDbMinY, tDbMaxY); + tDbMinY, tDbMaxY); puts("</TD></TR>"); printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Data view scaling:</th><td align=left colspan=3>"); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, AUTOSCALE ); wiggleScaleDropDown(option, autoScale); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, ALWAYSZERO); printf("Always include zero: "); wiggleAlwaysZeroDropDown(option, alwaysZero); puts("</TD></TR>"); printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Transform function:</th><td align=left>"); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, TRANSFORMFUNC); printf("Transform data points by: "); wiggleTransformFuncDropDown(option, transformFunc); printf("<TR valign=center><th align=right>Windowing function:</th><td align=left>"); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, WINDOWINGFUNCTION ); wiggleWindowingDropDown(option, windowingFunction); printf("<th align=right>Smoothing window:</th><td align=left>"); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, SMOOTHINGWINDOW ); wiggleSmoothingDropDown(option, smoothingWindow); puts(" pixels</TD></TR>"); - printf("<TR valign=center><td align=right><b>Draw y indicator lines:</b><td align=left colspan=2>"); + printf("<TR valign=center><td align=right><b>Draw y indicator lines:</b>" + "<td align=left colspan=2>"); printf("at y = 0.0:"); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, HORIZGRID ); wiggleGridDropDown(option, horizontalGrid); printf(" at y ="); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, YLINEMARK ); cgiMakeDoubleVarWithLimits(option, yLineMark, "Indicator at Y", 0, tDbMinY, tDbMaxY); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, YLINEONOFF ); wiggleYLineMarkDropDown(option, yLineMarkOnOff); printf("</td>"); - if(boxed) + if (boxed) puts("</TD></TR></TABLE>"); else { puts("</TD></TR></TABLE>"); printf("<A HREF=\"%s\" TARGET=_blank>Graph configuration help</A>",WIGGLE_HELP_PAGE); } cfgEndBox(boxed); } - void filterButtons(char *filterTypeVar, char *filterTypeVal, boolean none) /* Put up some filter buttons. */ { printf("<B>Filter:</B> "); radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "red"); radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "green"); radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "blue"); radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "exclude"); radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "include"); if (none) radioButton(filterTypeVar, filterTypeVal, "none"); } void radioButton(char *var, char *val, char *ourVal) /* Print one radio button */ { cgiMakeRadioButton(var, ourVal, sameString(ourVal, val)); printf("%s ", ourVal); } - void oneMrnaFilterUi(struct controlGrid *cg, struct trackDb *tdb, char *text, char *var, char *suffix, struct cart *cart) + void oneMrnaFilterUi(struct controlGrid *cg, struct trackDb *tdb, char *text, char *var, + char *suffix, struct cart *cart) /* Print out user interface for one type of mrna filter. */ { controlGridStartCell(cg); printf("%s:<BR>", text); boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,var); cgiMakeTextVar(var, cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel,suffix, ""), 19); controlGridEndCell(cg); } void bedFiltCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *title, boolean boxed) /* Put up UI for an "bedFilter" tracks. */ { struct mrnaUiData *mud = newBedUiData(prefix); struct mrnaFilter *fil; struct controlGrid *cg = NULL; boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,prefix); - char *filterTypeVal = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, mud->filterTypeSuffix, "red"); + char *filterTypeVal = + cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, mud->filterTypeSuffix, "red"); boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); /* Define type of filter. */ printf("<table width=400><tr><td align='left'>\n"); char buffer[256]; safef(buffer, sizeof buffer,"%s.%s",prefix,mud->filterTypeSuffix); filterButtons(buffer, filterTypeVal, FALSE); printf("</br>"); /* List various fields you can filter on. */ cg = startControlGrid(4, NULL); for (fil = mud->filterList; fil != NULL; fil = fil->next) { safef(buffer, sizeof buffer,"%s.%s",prefix,fil->suffix); oneMrnaFilterUi(cg, tdb, fil->label, buffer, fil->suffix, cart); } endControlGrid(&cg); cfgEndBox(boxed); } void mrnaCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *title, boolean boxed) /* Put up UI for an mRNA (or EST) track. */ { boolean isXeno = (sameString(tdb->track, "xenoMrna") || sameString(tdb->track, "xenoEst")); struct mrnaUiData *mud = newMrnaUiData(prefix, isXeno); struct mrnaFilter *fil; struct controlGrid *cg = NULL; boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,prefix); - char *filterTypeVal = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, mud->filterTypeSuffix,"red"); - char *logicTypeVal = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, mud->logicTypeSuffix, "and"); + char *filterTypeVal = + cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, mud->filterTypeSuffix,"red"); + char *logicTypeVal = + cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, mud->logicTypeSuffix, "and"); boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); /* Define type of filter. */ char buffer[256]; safef(buffer,sizeof buffer,"%s.%s",prefix,mud->filterTypeSuffix); filterButtons(buffer, filterTypeVal, FALSE); printf(" <B>Combination Logic:</B> "); safef(buffer,sizeof buffer,"%s.%s",prefix,mud->logicTypeSuffix); radioButton(buffer, logicTypeVal, "and"); radioButton(buffer, logicTypeVal, "or"); printf("<BR>\n"); /* List various fields you can filter on. */ printf("<table border=0 cellspacing=1 cellpadding=1 width=%d>\n", CONTROL_TABLE_WIDTH); cg = startControlGrid(4, NULL); for (fil = mud->filterList; fil != NULL; fil = fil->next) { safef(buffer,sizeof buffer,"%s.%s",prefix,fil->suffix); oneMrnaFilterUi(cg, tdb, fil->label, buffer, fil->suffix, cart); } endControlGrid(&cg); baseColorDrawOptDropDown(cart, tdb); indelShowOptions(cart, tdb); cfgEndBox(boxed); } void scoreGrayLevelCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, int scoreMax) - /* If scoreMin has been set, let user select the shade of gray for that score, in case - * the default is too light to see or darker than necessary. */ + // If scoreMin has been set, let user select the shade of gray for that score, in case + // the default is too light to see or darker than necessary. { boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,prefix); char *scoreMinStr = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, GRAY_LEVEL_SCORE_MIN); if (scoreMinStr != NULL) { int scoreMin = atoi(scoreMinStr); // maxShade=9 taken from hgTracks/simpleTracks.c. Ignore the 10 in shadesOfGray[10+1] -- // maxShade is used to access the array. int maxShade = 9; int scoreMinGrayLevel = scoreMin * maxShade/scoreMax; if (scoreMinGrayLevel <= 0) scoreMinGrayLevel = 1; char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, MIN_GRAY_LEVEL); int minGrayLevel = cartUsualIntClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, MIN_GRAY_LEVEL, setting ? atoi(setting) : scoreMinGrayLevel); if (minGrayLevel <= 0) minGrayLevel = 1; if (minGrayLevel > maxShade) minGrayLevel = maxShade; puts("\n<B>Shade of lowest-scoring items: </B>"); // Add javascript to select so that its color is consistent with option colors: int level = 255 - (255*minGrayLevel / maxShade); printf("<SELECT NAME=\"%s.%s\" STYLE='color: #%02x%02x%02x' class='normalText'", - prefix, MIN_GRAY_LEVEL, level, level, level); + prefix, MIN_GRAY_LEVEL, level, level, level); int i; #ifdef OMIT // IE works without this code and FF doesn't work with it. printf(" onchange=\"switch(this.value) {"); for (i = 1; i < maxShade; i++) { level = 255 - (255*i / maxShade); - printf ("case '%d': $(this).css('color','#%02x%02x%02x'); break; ",i, level, level, level); + printf("case '%d': $(this).css('color','#%02x%02x%02x'); break; ",i, level, level, level); } level = 255 - (255*i / maxShade); printf("default: $(this).css('color','#%02x%02x%02x'); }\"", level, level, level); #endif//def OMIT puts(">\n"); // Use class to set color of each option: for (i = 1; i <= maxShade; i++) { level = 255 - (255*i / maxShade); printf("<OPTION%s STYLE='color: #%02x%02x%02x' VALUE=%d>", - (minGrayLevel == i ? " SELECTED" : ""), level, level, level, i); + (minGrayLevel == i ? " SELECTED" : ""), level, level, level, i); if (i == maxShade) printf("• black</OPTION>\n"); else printf("• gray (%d%%)</OPTION>\n", i * (100/maxShade)); } printf("</SELECT>\n"); } } - static boolean getScoreDefaultsFromTdb(struct trackDb *tdb, char *scoreName,char *defaults,char**min,char**max) - /* returns TRUE if defaults exist and sets the string pointer (because they may be float or int) - if min or max are set, then they should be freed */ + static boolean getScoreDefaultsFromTdb(struct trackDb *tdb, char *scoreName,char *defaults, + char**min,char**max) + // returns TRUE if defaults exist and sets the string pointer (because they may be float or int) + // if min or max are set, then they should be freed { - if(min) + if (min) *min = NULL; // default these outs! - if(max) + if (max) *max = NULL; char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, scoreName); - if(setting) + if (setting) { - if(strchr(setting,':') != NULL) + if (strchr(setting,':') != NULL) return colonPairToStrings(setting,min,max); - else if(min) + else if (min) *min = cloneString(setting); return TRUE; } return FALSE; } - static boolean getScoreLimitsFromTdb(struct trackDb *tdb, char *scoreName,char *defaults,char**min,char**max) - /* returns TRUE if limits exist and sets the string pointer (because they may be float or int) - if min or max are set, then they should be freed */ + static boolean getScoreLimitsFromTdb(struct trackDb *tdb, char *scoreName,char *defaults, + char**min,char**max) + // returns TRUE if limits exist and sets the string pointer (because they may be float or int) + // if min or max are set, then they should be freed { - if(min) + if (min) *min = NULL; // default these outs! - if(max) + if (max) *max = NULL; char scoreLimitName[128]; safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _LIMITS); char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, scoreLimitName); - if(setting) + if (setting) { return colonPairToStrings(setting,min,max); } else { - if(min) + if (min) { safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MIN); setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, scoreLimitName); - if(setting) + if (setting) *min = cloneString(setting); } - if(max) + if (max) { safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MAX); setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, scoreLimitName); - if(setting) + if (setting) *max = cloneString(setting); } return TRUE; } - if(defaults != NULL && ((min && *min == NULL) || (max && *max == NULL))) + if (defaults != NULL && ((min && *min == NULL) || (max && *max == NULL))) { char *minLoc=NULL; char *maxLoc=NULL; - if(colonPairToStrings(defaults,&minLoc,&maxLoc)) + if (colonPairToStrings(defaults,&minLoc,&maxLoc)) { - if(min && *min == NULL && minLoc != NULL) + if (min && *min == NULL && minLoc != NULL) *min=minLoc; else freeMem(minLoc); - if(max && *max == NULL && maxLoc != NULL) + if (max && *max == NULL && maxLoc != NULL) *max=maxLoc; else freeMem(maxLoc); return TRUE; } } return FALSE; } static void getScoreIntRangeFromCart(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean parentLevel, char *scoreName, int *limitMin, int *limitMax,int *min,int *max) - /* gets an integer score range from the cart, but the limits from trackDb - for any of the pointers provided, will return a value found, if found, else it's contents - are undisturbed (use NO_VALUE to recognize unavaliable values) */ + // gets an integer score range from the cart, but the limits from trackDb + // for any of the pointers provided, will return a value found, if found, else it's contents + // are undisturbed (use NO_VALUE to recognize unavaliable values) { char scoreLimitName[128]; char *deMin=NULL,*deMax=NULL; - if((limitMin || limitMax) && getScoreLimitsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax)) + if ((limitMin || limitMax) && getScoreLimitsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax)) { - if(deMin != NULL && limitMin) + if (deMin != NULL && limitMin) *limitMin = atoi(deMin); - if(deMax != NULL && limitMax) + if (deMax != NULL && limitMax) *limitMax = atoi(deMax); freeMem(deMin); freeMem(deMax); } - if((min || max) && getScoreDefaultsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax)) + if ((min || max) && getScoreDefaultsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax)) { - if(deMin != NULL && min) + if (deMin != NULL && min) *min = atoi(deMin); - if(deMax != NULL && max) + if (deMax != NULL && max) *max =atoi(deMax); freeMem(deMin); freeMem(deMax); } - if(max) + if (max) { safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MAX); deMax = cartOptionalStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,parentLevel,scoreLimitName); - if(deMax != NULL) + if (deMax != NULL) *max = atoi(deMax); } - if(min) - { - safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, (max && deMax? _MIN:"")); // Warning: name changes if max! + if (min) + { // Warning: name changes if max! + safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, (max && deMax? _MIN:"")); deMin = cartOptionalStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,parentLevel,scoreLimitName); - if(deMin != NULL) + if (deMin != NULL) *min = atoi(deMin); } - // Defaulting min and max within limits. Sorry for the horizontal ifs, but stacking the group makes them easier to follow - if (min && limitMin && *limitMin != NO_VALUE && (*min == NO_VALUE || *min < *limitMin)) *min = *limitMin; - if (min && limitMax && *limitMax != NO_VALUE && *min > *limitMax) *min = *limitMax; - if (max && limitMax && *limitMax != NO_VALUE && (*max == NO_VALUE || *max > *limitMax)) *max = *limitMax; - if (max && limitMin && *limitMin != NO_VALUE && *max < *limitMin) *max = *limitMin; + // Defaulting min and max within limits. Sorry for the horizontal ifs, + // but stacking the group makes them easier to follow + if (min && limitMin + && *limitMin != NO_VALUE && (*min == NO_VALUE || *min < *limitMin)) *min = *limitMin; + if (min && limitMax + && *limitMax != NO_VALUE && *min > *limitMax) *min = *limitMax; + if (max && limitMax + && *limitMax != NO_VALUE && (*max == NO_VALUE || *max > *limitMax)) *max = *limitMax; + if (max && limitMin + && *limitMin != NO_VALUE && *max < *limitMin) *max = *limitMin; } static void getScoreFloatRangeFromCart(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean parentLevel, char *scoreName, double *limitMin,double *limitMax,double*min,double*max) - /* gets an double score range from the cart, but the limits from trackDb - for any of the pointers provided, will return a value found, if found, else it's contents - are undisturbed (use NO_VALUE to recognize unavaliable values) */ + // gets an double score range from the cart, but the limits from trackDb + // for any of the pointers provided, will return a value found, if found, else it's contents + // are undisturbed (use NO_VALUE to recognize unavaliable values) { char scoreLimitName[128]; char *deMin=NULL,*deMax=NULL; - if((limitMin || limitMax) && getScoreLimitsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax)) + if ((limitMin || limitMax) && getScoreLimitsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax)) { - if(deMin != NULL && limitMin) + if (deMin != NULL && limitMin) *limitMin = strtod(deMin,NULL); - if(deMax != NULL && limitMax) + if (deMax != NULL && limitMax) *limitMax =strtod(deMax,NULL); freeMem(deMin); freeMem(deMax); } - if((min || max) && getScoreDefaultsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax)) + if ((min || max) && getScoreDefaultsFromTdb(tdb,scoreName,NULL,&deMin,&deMax)) { - if(deMin != NULL && min) + if (deMin != NULL && min) *min = strtod(deMin,NULL); - if(deMax != NULL && max) + if (deMax != NULL && max) *max =strtod(deMax,NULL); freeMem(deMin); freeMem(deMax); } - if(max) + if (max) { safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MAX); deMax = cartOptionalStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,parentLevel,scoreLimitName); - if(deMax != NULL) + if (deMax != NULL) *max = strtod(deMax,NULL); } - if(min) - { - safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MIN); // name is always {filterName}Min + if (min) + { // name is always {filterName}Min + safef(scoreLimitName, sizeof(scoreLimitName), "%s%s", scoreName, _MIN); deMin = cartOptionalStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,parentLevel,scoreLimitName); - if(deMin != NULL) + if (deMin != NULL) *min = strtod(deMin,NULL); } - // Defaulting min and max within limits. Sorry for the horizontal ifs, but stacking the group makes them easier to follow - if (min && limitMin && (int)(*limitMin) != NO_VALUE && ((int)(*min) == NO_VALUE || *min < *limitMin)) *min = *limitMin; - if (min && limitMax && (int)(*limitMax) != NO_VALUE && *min > *limitMax) *min = *limitMax; - if (max && limitMax && (int)(*limitMax) != NO_VALUE && ((int)(*max) == NO_VALUE || *max > *limitMax)) *max = *limitMax; - if (max && limitMin && (int)(*limitMin) != NO_VALUE && *max < *limitMin) *max = *limitMin; + // Defaulting min and max within limits. Sorry for the horizontal ifs, + // but stacking the group makes them easier to follow + if (min && limitMin + && (int)(*limitMin) != NO_VALUE && ((int)(*min) == NO_VALUE || *min < *limitMin)) *min = *limitMin; + if (min && limitMax + && (int)(*limitMax) != NO_VALUE && *min > *limitMax) *min = *limitMax; + if (max && limitMax + && (int)(*limitMax) != NO_VALUE && ((int)(*max) == NO_VALUE || *max > *limitMax)) *max = *limitMax; + if (max && limitMin + && (int)(*limitMin) != NO_VALUE && *max < *limitMin) *max = *limitMin; } - static boolean showScoreFilter(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean *opened, boolean boxed, - boolean parentLevel,char *name, char *title, char *label, - char *scoreName, boolean isFloat) - /* Shows a score filter control with minimum value and optional range */ + static boolean showScoreFilter(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean *opened, + boolean boxed, boolean parentLevel,char *name, char *title, + char *label, char *scoreName, boolean isFloat) + // Shows a score filter control with minimum value and optional range { char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, scoreName); - if(setting) + if (setting) { - if(*opened == FALSE) + if (*opened == FALSE) { boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); puts("<TABLE>"); *opened = TRUE; } printf("<TR><TD align='right'><B>%s:</B><TD align='left'>",label); char varName[256]; char altLabel[256]; safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s%s", scoreName, _BY_RANGE); boolean filterByRange = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, varName); - // NOTE: could determine isFloat = (strchr(setting,'.') != NULL); However, historical trackDb settings of pValueFilter did not always contain '.' + // NOTE: could determine isFloat = (strchr(setting,'.') != NULL); + // However, historical trackDb settings of pValueFilter did not always contain '.' if (isFloat) { double minLimit=NO_VALUE,maxLimit=NO_VALUE; double minVal=minLimit,maxVal=maxLimit; colonPairToDoubles(setting,&minVal,&maxVal); - getScoreFloatRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,scoreName,&minLimit,&maxLimit,&minVal,&maxVal); + getScoreFloatRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,scoreName,&minLimit,&maxLimit, + &minVal, &maxVal); safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, scoreName, _MIN); - safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s%s", (filterByRange?"Minimum ":""), htmlEncodeText(htmlTextStripTags(label),FALSE)); + safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s%s", (filterByRange ? "Minimum " : ""), + htmlEncodeText(htmlTextStripTags(label),FALSE)); cgiMakeDoubleVarWithLimits(varName,minVal, altLabel, 0,minLimit, maxLimit); - if(filterByRange) + if (filterByRange) { printf("<TD align='left'>to<TD align='left'>"); safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, scoreName, _MAX); safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s%s", (filterByRange?"Maximum ":""), label); cgiMakeDoubleVarWithLimits(varName,maxVal, altLabel, 0,minLimit, maxLimit); } safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s", (filterByRange?"": "colspan=3")); - if(minLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit != NO_VALUE) + if (minLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit != NO_VALUE) printf("<TD align='left'%s> (%g to %g)",altLabel,minLimit, maxLimit); - else if(minLimit != NO_VALUE) + else if (minLimit != NO_VALUE) printf("<TD align='left'%s> (minimum %g)",altLabel,minLimit); - else if(maxLimit != NO_VALUE) + else if (maxLimit != NO_VALUE) printf("<TD align='left'%s> (maximum %g)",altLabel,maxLimit); else printf("<TD align='left'%s",altLabel); } else { int minLimit=NO_VALUE,maxLimit=NO_VALUE; int minVal=minLimit,maxVal=maxLimit; colonPairToInts(setting,&minVal,&maxVal); - getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,scoreName,&minLimit,&maxLimit,&minVal,&maxVal); + getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,scoreName,&minLimit,&maxLimit, + &minVal, &maxVal); safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, scoreName, filterByRange ? _MIN:""); safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s%s", (filterByRange?"Minimum ":""), label); cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(varName,minVal, altLabel, 0,minLimit, maxLimit); - if(filterByRange) + if (filterByRange) { printf("<TD align='left'>to<TD align='left'>"); safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, scoreName, _MAX); safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s%s", (filterByRange?"Maximum ":""), label); cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(varName,maxVal, altLabel, 0,minLimit, maxLimit); } safef(altLabel, sizeof(altLabel), "%s", (filterByRange?"": "colspan=3")); - if(minLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit != NO_VALUE) + if (minLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit != NO_VALUE) printf("<TD align='left'%s> (%d to %d)",altLabel,minLimit, maxLimit); - else if(minLimit != NO_VALUE) + else if (minLimit != NO_VALUE) printf("<TD align='left'%s> (minimum %d)",altLabel,minLimit); - else if(maxLimit != NO_VALUE) + else if (maxLimit != NO_VALUE) printf("<TD align='left'%s> (maximum %d)",altLabel,maxLimit); else printf("<TD align='left'%s",altLabel); } puts("</TR>"); return TRUE; } return FALSE; } - static int numericFiltersShowAll(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean *opened, boolean boxed, - boolean parentLevel,char *name, char *title) + static int numericFiltersShowAll(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean *opened, + boolean boxed, boolean parentLevel,char *name, char *title) // Shows all *Filter style filters. Note that these are in random order and have no graceful title { int count = 0; struct slName *filterSettings = trackDbSettingsWildMatch(tdb, "*Filter"); if (filterSettings) { puts("<BR>"); struct slName *filter = NULL; #ifdef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT struct extraField *extras = extraFieldsGet(db,tdb); #else///ifndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT struct sqlConnection *conn = hAllocConnTrack(db, tdb); struct asObject *as = asForTdb(conn, tdb); hFreeConn(&conn); #endif///ndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT while ((filter = slPopHead(&filterSettings)) != NULL) { - if (differentString(filter->name,NO_SCORE_FILTER) && differentString(filter->name,SCORE_FILTER)) // TODO: scoreFilter could be included + if (differentString(filter->name,NO_SCORE_FILTER) + && differentString(filter->name,SCORE_FILTER)) // TODO: scoreFilter could be included { // Determine floating point or integer char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, filter->name); boolean isFloat = (strchr(setting,'.') != NULL); char *scoreName = cloneString(filter->name); char *field = filter->name; // No need to clone: will be thrown away at end of cycle int ix = strlen(field) - strlen("Filter"); assert(ix > 0); field[ix] = '\0'; #ifdef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT if (extras != NULL) { struct extraField *extra = extraFieldsFind(extras, field); if (extra != NULL) { // Found label so replace field field = extra->label; if (!isFloat) isFloat = (extra->type == ftFloat); } } #else///ifndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT if (as != NULL) { struct asColumn *asCol = asColumnFind(as, field); if (asCol != NULL) { // Found label so replace field field = asCol->comment; if (!isFloat) isFloat = asTypesIsFloating(asCol->lowType->type); } } #endif///ndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT char label[128]; safef(label,sizeof(label),"Minimum %s",field); showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title,label,scoreName,isFloat); freeMem(scoreName); count++; } slNameFree(&filter); } #ifdef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT if (extras != NULL) extraFieldsFree(&extras); #else///ifndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT if (as != NULL) asObjectFree(&as); #endif///ndef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT } if (count > 0) puts("</TABLE>"); return count; } boolean bedScoreHasCfgUi(struct trackDb *tdb) // Confirms that this track has a bedScore Cfg UI { // Assumes that cfgType == cfgBedScore if (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, FILTER_BY)) return TRUE; if (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, GRAY_LEVEL_SCORE_MIN)) return TRUE; boolean blocked = FALSE; struct slName *filterSettings = trackDbSettingsWildMatch(tdb, "*Filter"); if (filterSettings != NULL) { boolean one = FALSE; struct slName *oneFilter = filterSettings; for (;oneFilter != NULL;oneFilter=oneFilter->next) { if (sameWord(NO_SCORE_FILTER,oneFilter->name)) { blocked = TRUE; continue; } - if (differentString(oneFilter->name,SCORE_FILTER)) // scoreFilter is implicit but could be blocked - { + if (differentString(oneFilter->name,SCORE_FILTER)) // scoreFilter is implicit + { // but could be blocked one = TRUE; break; } } slNameFreeList(&filterSettings); if (one) return TRUE; } if (!blocked) // scoreFilter is implicit unless NO_SCORE_FILTER return TRUE; return FALSE; } - void scoreCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, int maxScore, boolean boxed) - /* Put up UI for filtering bed track based on a score */ + void scoreCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, + int maxScore, boolean boxed) + // Put up UI for filtering bed track based on a score { char option[256]; boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name); boolean skipScoreFilter = FALSE; boolean bigBed = startsWith("bigBed",tdb->type); if (!bigBed) // bigBed filters are limited! { // Numeric filters are first boolean isBoxOpened = FALSE; if (numericFiltersShowAll(db, cart, tdb, &isBoxOpened, boxed, parentLevel, name, title) > 0) skipScoreFilter = TRUE; // Add any multi-selects next filterBy_t *filterBySet = filterBySetGet(tdb,cart,name); - if(filterBySet != NULL) + if (filterBySet != NULL) { - if(!tdbIsComposite(tdb) && cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL) + if (!tdbIsComposite(tdb) && cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL) jsIncludeFile("hui.js",NULL); - if (!isBoxOpened) // Note filterBy boxes are not double "boxed", if there are no other filters - printf("<BR>"); + if (!isBoxOpened) // Note filterBy boxes are not double "boxed", + printf("<BR>"); // if there are no other filters filterBySetCfgUi(cart,tdb,filterBySet,TRUE); filterBySetFree(&filterBySet); skipScoreFilter = TRUE; } // For no good reason scoreFilter is incompatible with filterBy and or numericFilters - // FIXME scoreFilter should be implemented inside numericFilters and is currently specificly excluded to avoid unexpected changes + // FIXME scoreFilter should be implemented inside numericFilters and is currently specificly + // excluded to avoid unexpected changes if (skipScoreFilter) { if (isBoxOpened) cfgEndBox(boxed); return; // Cannot have both '*filter' and 'scoreFilter' } } boolean scoreFilterOk = (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, NO_SCORE_FILTER) == NULL); boolean glvlScoreMin = (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, GRAY_LEVEL_SCORE_MIN) != NULL); if (! (scoreFilterOk || glvlScoreMin)) return; boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); if (scoreFilterOk) { int minLimit=0,maxLimit=maxScore,minVal=0,maxVal=maxScore; - getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,SCORE_FILTER,&minLimit,&maxLimit,&minVal,&maxVal); + getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,SCORE_FILTER,&minLimit,&maxLimit, + &minVal, &maxVal); boolean filterByRange = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, SCORE_FILTER _BY_RANGE); if (!bigBed && filterByRange) { puts("<B>Filter score range: min:</B>"); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name,SCORE_FILTER _MIN); cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(option, minVal, "Minimum score",0, minLimit,maxLimit); puts("<B>max:</B>"); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name,SCORE_FILTER _MAX); cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(option, maxVal, "Maximum score",0,minLimit,maxLimit); printf("(%d to %d)\n",minLimit,maxLimit); } else { printf("<b>Show only items with score at or above:</b> "); snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name,SCORE_FILTER); cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(option, minVal, "Minimum score",0, minLimit,maxLimit); printf(" (range: %d to %d)\n", minLimit, maxLimit); if (!boxed) printf("<BR>\n"); } if (glvlScoreMin) printf("<BR>"); } if (glvlScoreMin) scoreGrayLevelCfgUi(cart, tdb, name, maxScore); if (!bigBed) { - /* filter top-scoring N items in track */ + // filter top-scoring N items in track char *scoreCtString = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, "filterTopScorers"); if (scoreCtString != NULL) { - /* show only top-scoring items. This option only displayed if trackDb - * setting exists. Format: filterTopScorers <on|off> <count> <table> */ + // show only top-scoring items. This option only displayed if trackDb + // setting exists. Format: filterTopScorers <on|off> <count> <table> char *words[2]; char *scoreFilterCt = NULL; chopLine(cloneString(scoreCtString), words); safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.filterTopScorersOn", name); bool doScoreCtFilter = - cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, "filterTopScorersOn", sameString(words[0], "on")); + cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, "filterTopScorersOn", + sameString(words[0], "on")); puts("<P>"); cgiMakeCheckBox(option, doScoreCtFilter); safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.filterTopScorersCt", name); - scoreFilterCt = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, "filterTopScorersCt", words[1]); + scoreFilterCt = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, "filterTopScorersCt", + words[1]); puts(" <B> Show only items in top-scoring </B>"); cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(option,atoi(scoreFilterCt),"Top-scoring count",0,1,100000); - /* Only check size of table if track does not have subtracks */ + //* Only check size of table if track does not have subtracks */ if ( !parentLevel && hTableExists(db, tdb->table)) printf(" (range: 1 to 100,000 total items: %d)\n",getTableSize(db, tdb->table)); else printf(" (range: 1 to 100,000)\n"); } } cfgEndBox(boxed); } // Moved from hgTrackUi for consistency static void filterByChromCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb) { char *filterSetting; char filterVar[256]; char *filterVal = ""; printf("<p><b>Filter by chromosome (e.g. chr10):</b> "); snprintf(filterVar, sizeof(filterVar), "%s.chromFilter", tdb->track); filterSetting = cartUsualString(cart, filterVar, filterVal); cgiMakeTextVar(filterVar, cartUsualString(cart, filterVar, ""), 15); } // Moved from hgTrackUi for consistency void crossSpeciesCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb) // Put up UI for selecting rainbow chromosome color or intensity score. { char colorVar[256]; char *colorSetting; // initial value of chromosome coloring option is "on", unless // overridden by the colorChromDefault setting in the track char *colorDefault = trackDbSettingOrDefault(tdb, "colorChromDefault", "on"); printf("<p><b>Color track based on chromosome:</b> "); snprintf(colorVar, sizeof(colorVar), "%s.color", tdb->track); colorSetting = cartUsualString(cart, colorVar, colorDefault); cgiMakeRadioButton(colorVar, "on", sameString(colorSetting, "on")); printf(" on "); cgiMakeRadioButton(colorVar, "off", sameString(colorSetting, "off")); printf(" off "); printf("<br><br>"); filterByChromCfgUi(cart,tdb); } - void pslCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, boolean boxed) + void pslCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, + boolean boxed) /* Put up UI for psl tracks */ { boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); char *typeLine = cloneString(tdb->type); char *words[8]; int wordCount = wordCount = chopLine(typeLine, words); if (wordCount == 3 && sameWord(words[1], "xeno")) crossSpeciesCfgUi(cart,tdb); baseColorDropLists(cart, tdb, name); indelShowOptionsWithName(cart, tdb, name); cfgEndBox(boxed); } - void netAlignCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *title, boolean boxed) + void netAlignCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *title, + boolean boxed) /* Put up UI for net tracks */ { boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,prefix); enum netColorEnum netColor = netFetchColorOption(cart, tdb, parentLevel); - char optString[256]; /* our option strings here */ + char optString[256]; /* our option strings here */ safef(optString, ArraySize(optString), "%s.%s", prefix, NET_COLOR ); printf("<p><b>Color nets by: </b>"); netColorDropDown(optString, netColorEnumToString(netColor)); #ifdef NOT_YET enum netLevelEnum netLevel = netFetchLevelOption(cart, tdb, parentLevel); safef( optString, ArraySize(optString), "%s.%s", prefix, NET_LEVEL ); printf("<p><b>Limit display of nets to: </b>"); netLevelDropDown(optString, netLevelEnumToString(netLevel)); #endif cfgEndBox(boxed); } - void chainCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *title, boolean boxed, char *chromosome) + void chainCfgUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *title, + boolean boxed, char *chromosome) /* Put up UI for chain tracks */ { boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,prefix); - enum chainColorEnum chainColor = - chainFetchColorOption(cart, tdb, parentLevel); + enum chainColorEnum chainColor = chainFetchColorOption(cart, tdb, parentLevel); /* check if we have normalized scores available */ boolean normScoreAvailable = chainDbNormScoreAvailable(tdb); char optString[256]; if (normScoreAvailable) { safef(optString, ArraySize(optString), "%s.%s", prefix, OPT_CHROM_COLORS ); printf("<p><b>Color chains by: </b>"); chainColorDropDown(optString, chainColorEnumToString(chainColor)); } else { printf("<p><b>Color track based on chromosome:</b> "); char optString[256]; /* initial value of chromosome coloring option is "on", unless * overridden by the colorChromDefault setting in the track */ char *binaryColorDefault = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOrDefault(tdb, "colorChromDefault", "on"); /* allow cart to override trackDb setting */ safef(optString, sizeof(optString), "%s.color", prefix); char * colorSetting = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, - parentLevel, "color", binaryColorDefault); + parentLevel, "color", binaryColorDefault); cgiMakeRadioButton(optString, "on", sameString(colorSetting, "on")); printf(" on "); cgiMakeRadioButton(optString, "off", sameString(colorSetting, "off")); printf(" off "); printf("<br>\n"); } printf("<p><b>Filter by chromosome (e.g. chr10):</b> "); safef(optString, ArraySize(optString), "%s.%s", prefix, OPT_CHROM_FILTER); - cgiMakeTextVar(optString, - cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, - OPT_CHROM_FILTER, ""), 15); + cgiMakeTextVar(optString, cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, + OPT_CHROM_FILTER, ""), 15); if (normScoreAvailable) scoreCfgUi(db, cart,tdb,prefix,NULL,CHAIN_SCORE_MAXIMUM,FALSE); cfgEndBox(boxed); } struct dyString *dyAddFilterAsInt(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, - struct dyString *extraWhere,char *filter,char *defaultLimits, char*field, boolean *and) - /* creates the where clause condition to support numeric int filter range. - Filters are expected to follow - {fiterName}: trackDb min or min:max - default value(s); - {filterName}Min or {filterName}: min (user supplied) cart variable; - {filterName}Max: max (user supplied) cart variable; - {filterName}Limits: trackDb allowed range "0:1000" Optional - uses:{filterName}Min: old trackDb value if {filterName}Limits not found - {filterName}Max: old trackDb value if {filterName}Limits not found - defaultLimits: function param if no tdb limits settings found) - The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together */ + struct dyString *extraWhere,char *filter, + char *defaultLimits, char*field, boolean *and) + // creates the where clause condition to support numeric int filter range. + // Filters are expected to follow + // {fiterName}: trackDb min or min:max - default value(s); + // {filterName}Min or {filterName}: min (user supplied) cart variable; + // {filterName}Max: max (user supplied) cart variable; + // {filterName}Limits: trackDb allowed range "0:1000" Optional + // uses:{filterName}Min: old trackDb value if {filterName}Limits not found + // {filterName}Max: old trackDb value if {filterName}Limits not found + // defaultLimits: function param if no tdb limits settings found) + // The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together { char filterLimitName[64]; - if(sameWord(filter,NO_SCORE_FILTER)) + if (sameWord(filter,NO_SCORE_FILTER)) safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s", NO_SCORE_FILTER); else safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s%s", filter,_NO); - if(trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, filterLimitName) != NULL) + if (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, filterLimitName) != NULL) return extraWhere; char *setting = NULL; - if(differentWord(filter,SCORE_FILTER)) + if (differentWord(filter,SCORE_FILTER)) setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, filter); else setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOrDefault(tdb, filter,"0:1000"); - if(setting || sameWord(filter,NO_SCORE_FILTER)) + if (setting || sameWord(filter,NO_SCORE_FILTER)) { boolean invalid = FALSE; int minValueTdb = 0,maxValueTdb = NO_VALUE; colonPairToInts(setting,&minValueTdb,&maxValueTdb); int minLimit=NO_VALUE,maxLimit=NO_VALUE,min=minValueTdb,max=maxValueTdb; colonPairToInts(defaultLimits,&minLimit,&maxLimit); getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,FALSE,filter,&minLimit,&maxLimit,&min,&max); - if(minLimit != NO_VALUE || maxLimit != NO_VALUE) + if (minLimit != NO_VALUE || maxLimit != NO_VALUE) { - // assume tdb default values within range! (don't give user errors that have no consequence) - if((min != minValueTdb && ((minLimit != NO_VALUE && min < minLimit) + // assume tdb default values within range! + // (don't give user errors that have no consequence) + if ((min != minValueTdb && ((minLimit != NO_VALUE && min < minLimit) || (maxLimit != NO_VALUE && min > maxLimit))) || (max != maxValueTdb && ((minLimit != NO_VALUE && max < minLimit) || (maxLimit != NO_VALUE && max > maxLimit)))) { invalid = TRUE; char value[64]; - if(max == NO_VALUE) // min only is allowed, but max only is not + if (max == NO_VALUE) // min only is allowed, but max only is not safef(value, sizeof(value), "entered minimum (%d)", min); else safef(value, sizeof(value), "entered range (min:%d and max:%d)", min, max); char limits[64]; - if(minLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit != NO_VALUE) + if (minLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit != NO_VALUE) safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates limits (%d to %d)", minLimit, maxLimit); - else if(minLimit != NO_VALUE) + else if (minLimit != NO_VALUE) safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates lower limit (%d)", minLimit); - else //if(maxLimit != NO_VALUE) + else //if (maxLimit != NO_VALUE) safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates uppper limit (%d)", maxLimit); warn("invalid filter by %s: %s %s for track %s", field, value, limits, tdb->track); } } // else no default limits! - if(invalid) + if (invalid) { safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s%s", filter, (max!=NO_VALUE?_MIN:"")); cartRemoveVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,FALSE,filterLimitName); safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s%s", filter, _MAX); cartRemoveVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,FALSE,filterLimitName); } - else if((min != NO_VALUE && (minLimit == NO_VALUE || minLimit != min)) // Assumes min==NO_VALUE or min==minLimit is no filter - || (max != NO_VALUE && (maxLimit == NO_VALUE || maxLimit != max))) // Assumes max==NO_VALUE or max==maxLimit is no filter! + else if ((min != NO_VALUE && (minLimit == NO_VALUE || minLimit != min)) + || (max != NO_VALUE && (maxLimit == NO_VALUE || maxLimit != max))) + // Assumes min==NO_VALUE or min==minLimit is no filter + // Assumes max==NO_VALUE or max==maxLimit is no filter! { - if(max == NO_VALUE || (maxLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit == max)) + if (max == NO_VALUE || (maxLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit == max)) dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s >= %d)", (*and?" and ":""),field,min); // min only - else if(min == NO_VALUE || (minLimit != NO_VALUE && minLimit == min)) + else if (min == NO_VALUE || (minLimit != NO_VALUE && minLimit == min)) dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s <= %d)", (*and?" and ":""),field,max); // max only else - dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s BETWEEN %d and %d)", (*and?" and ":""),field,min,max); // both min and max + dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s BETWEEN %d and %d)", (*and?" and ":""), // both + field,min,max); *and=TRUE; } } - //if(dyStringLen(extraWhere)) warn("SELECT FROM %s WHERE %s",tdb->table,dyStringContents(extraWhere)); + //if (dyStringLen(extraWhere)) + // warn("SELECT FROM %s WHERE %s",tdb->table,dyStringContents(extraWhere)); return extraWhere; } struct dyString *dyAddFilterAsDouble(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, - struct dyString *extraWhere,char *filter,char *defaultLimits, char*field, boolean *and) - /* creates the where clause condition to support numeric double filters. - Filters are expected to follow - {fiterName}: trackDb min or min:max - default value(s); - {filterName}Min or {filterName}: min (user supplied) cart variable; - {filterName}Max: max (user supplied) cart variable; - {filterName}Limits: trackDb allowed range "0.0:10.0" Optional - uses: defaultLimits: function param if no tdb limits settings found) - The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together */ + struct dyString *extraWhere,char *filter, + char *defaultLimits, char*field, boolean *and) + // creates the where clause condition to support numeric double filters. + // Filters are expected to follow + // {fiterName}: trackDb min or min:max - default value(s); + // {filterName}Min or {filterName}: min (user supplied) cart variable; + // {filterName}Max: max (user supplied) cart variable; + // {filterName}Limits: trackDb allowed range "0.0:10.0" Optional + // uses: defaultLimits: function param if no tdb limits settings found) + // The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together { char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, filter); - if(setting) + if (setting) { boolean invalid = FALSE; double minValueTdb = 0,maxValueTdb = NO_VALUE; colonPairToDoubles(setting,&minValueTdb,&maxValueTdb); double minLimit=NO_VALUE,maxLimit=NO_VALUE,min=minValueTdb,max=maxValueTdb; colonPairToDoubles(defaultLimits,&minLimit,&maxLimit); getScoreFloatRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,FALSE,filter,&minLimit,&maxLimit,&min,&max); - if((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE || (int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE) + if ((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE || (int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE) { - // assume tdb default values within range! (don't give user errors that have no consequence) - if((min != minValueTdb && (((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && min < minLimit) + // assume tdb default values within range! + // (don't give user errors that have no consequence) + if ((min != minValueTdb && (((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && min < minLimit) || ((int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE && min > maxLimit))) - || (max != maxValueTdb && (((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && max < minLimit) + || (max != maxValueTdb && (((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && max < minLimit) || ((int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE && max > maxLimit)))) { invalid = TRUE; char value[64]; - if((int)max == NO_VALUE) // min only is allowed, but max only is not + if ((int)max == NO_VALUE) // min only is allowed, but max only is not safef(value, sizeof(value), "entered minimum (%g)", min); else safef(value, sizeof(value), "entered range (min:%g and max:%g)", min, max); char limits[64]; - if((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && (int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE) + if ((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && (int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE) safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates limits (%g to %g)", minLimit, maxLimit); - else if((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE) + else if ((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE) safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates lower limit (%g)", minLimit); - else //if((int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE) + else //if ((int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE) safef(limits, sizeof(limits), "violates uppper limit (%g)", maxLimit); warn("invalid filter by %s: %s %s for track %s", field, value, limits, tdb->track); } } - if(invalid) + if (invalid) { char filterLimitName[64]; safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s%s", filter, _MIN); cartRemoveVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,FALSE,filterLimitName); safef(filterLimitName, sizeof(filterLimitName), "%s%s", filter, _MAX); cartRemoveVariableClosestToHome(cart,tdb,FALSE,filterLimitName); } - else if(((int)min != NO_VALUE && ((int)minLimit == NO_VALUE || minLimit != min)) // Assumes min==NO_VALUE or min==minLimit is no filter - || ((int)max != NO_VALUE && ((int)maxLimit == NO_VALUE || maxLimit != max))) // Assumes max==NO_VALUE or max==maxLimit is no filter! + else if (((int)min != NO_VALUE && ((int)minLimit == NO_VALUE || minLimit != min)) + || ((int)max != NO_VALUE && ((int)maxLimit == NO_VALUE || maxLimit != max))) + // Assumes min==NO_VALUE or min==minLimit is no filter + // Assumes max==NO_VALUE or max==maxLimit is no filter! { - if((int)max == NO_VALUE || ((int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit == max)) + if ((int)max == NO_VALUE || ((int)maxLimit != NO_VALUE && maxLimit == max)) dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s >= %g)", (*and?" and ":""),field,min); // min only - else if((int)min == NO_VALUE || ((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && minLimit == min)) + else if ((int)min == NO_VALUE || ((int)minLimit != NO_VALUE && minLimit == min)) dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s <= %g)", (*and?" and ":""),field,max); // max only else - dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s BETWEEN %g and %g)", (*and?" and ":""),field,min,max); // both min and max + dyStringPrintf(extraWhere, "%s(%s BETWEEN %g and %g)", (*and?" and ":""), // both + field,min,max); *and=TRUE; } } - //if(dyStringLen(extraWhere)) warn("SELECT FROM %s WHERE %s",tdb->table,dyStringContents(extraWhere)); + //if (dyStringLen(extraWhere)) + // warn("SELECT FROM %s WHERE %s",tdb->table,dyStringContents(extraWhere)); return extraWhere; } - struct dyString *dyAddAllScoreFilters(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, struct dyString *extraWhere,boolean *and) - /* creates the where clause condition to gather together all random double filters - Filters are expected to follow - {fiterName}: trackDb min or min:max - default value(s); - {filterName}Min or {filterName}: min (user supplied) cart variable; - {filterName}Max: max (user supplied) cart variable; - {filterName}Limits: trackDb allowed range "0.0:10.0" Optional - uses: defaultLimits: function param if no tdb limits settings found) - The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together */ + struct dyString *dyAddAllScoreFilters(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, + struct dyString *extraWhere,boolean *and) + // creates the where clause condition to gather together all random double filters + // Filters are expected to follow + // {fiterName}: trackDb min or min:max - default value(s); + // {filterName}Min or {filterName}: min (user supplied) cart variable; + // {filterName}Max: max (user supplied) cart variable; + // {filterName}Limits: trackDb allowed range "0.0:10.0" Optional + // uses: defaultLimits: function param if no tdb limits settings found) + // The 'and' param and dyString in/out allows stringing multiple where clauses together { struct slName *filterSettings = trackDbSettingsWildMatch(tdb, "*Filter"); if (filterSettings) { struct slName *filter = NULL; while ((filter = slPopHead(&filterSettings)) != NULL) { - if (differentString(filter->name,"noScoreFilter") && differentString(filter->name,"scoreFilter")) // TODO: scoreFilter could be included + if (differentString(filter->name,"noScoreFilter") + && differentString(filter->name,"scoreFilter")) // TODO: scoreFilter could be included { char *field = cloneString(filter->name); int ix = strlen(field) - strlen("filter"); assert(ix > 0); field[ix] = '\0'; char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, filter->name); - // How to determine float or int ? If actual tracDb setting has decimal places, then float! + // How to determine float or int ? + // If actual tracDb setting has decimal places, then float! if (strchr(setting,'.') == NULL) extraWhere = dyAddFilterAsInt(cart,tdb,extraWhere,filter->name,"0:1000",field,and); else extraWhere = dyAddFilterAsDouble(cart,tdb,extraWhere,filter->name,NULL,field,and); } slNameFree(&filter); } } return extraWhere; } boolean encodePeakHasCfgUi(struct trackDb *tdb) // Confirms that this track has encode Peak cfgUI { if (sameWord("narrowPeak",tdb->type) || sameWord("broadPeak", tdb->type) || sameWord("encodePeak",tdb->type) || sameWord("gappedPeak",tdb->type)) { return (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, SCORE_FILTER ) || trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, SIGNAL_FILTER) || trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, PVALUE_FILTER) || trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, QVALUE_FILTER) || trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, SCORE_FILTER )); } - return FALSE; + return FALSE; } - void encodePeakCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, boolean boxed) - /* Put up UI for filtering wgEnocde peaks based on score, Pval and Qval */ + void encodePeakCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, + boolean boxed) + // Put up UI for filtering wgEnocde peaks based on score, Pval and Qval { boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name); boolean opened = FALSE; - showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,&opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title,"Minimum Signal value", SIGNAL_FILTER,TRUE); - showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,&opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title,"Minimum P-Value (<code>-log<sub>10</sub></code>)",PVALUE_FILTER,TRUE); - showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,&opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title,"Minimum Q-Value (<code>-log<sub>10</sub></code>)",QVALUE_FILTER,TRUE); + showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,&opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title, + "Minimum Signal value", SIGNAL_FILTER,TRUE); + showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,&opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title, + "Minimum P-Value (<code>-log<sub>10</sub></code>)",PVALUE_FILTER,TRUE); + showScoreFilter(cart,tdb,&opened,boxed,parentLevel,name,title, + "Minimum Q-Value (<code>-log<sub>10</sub></code>)",QVALUE_FILTER,TRUE); char *setting = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOrDefault(tdb, SCORE_FILTER,NULL);//"0:1000"); - if(setting) + if (setting) { - if(!opened) + if (!opened) { boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); puts("<TABLE>"); opened = TRUE; } char varName[256]; int minLimit=0,maxLimit=1000,minVal=0,maxVal=NO_VALUE; colonPairToInts(setting,&minVal,&maxVal); - getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,SCORE_FILTER,&minLimit,&maxLimit,&minVal,&maxVal); - if(maxVal != NO_VALUE) + getScoreIntRangeFromCart(cart,tdb,parentLevel,SCORE_FILTER,&minLimit,&maxLimit, + &minVal, &maxVal); + if (maxVal != NO_VALUE) puts("<TR><TD align='right'><B>Score range: min:</B><TD align='left'>"); else puts("<TR><TD align='right'><B>Minimum score:</B><TD align='left'>"); safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s%s", SCORE_FILTER, _BY_RANGE); boolean filterByRange = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, varName); safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, SCORE_FILTER, (filterByRange?_MIN:"")); cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(varName, minVal, "Minimum score", 0, minLimit, maxLimit); - if(filterByRange) + if (filterByRange) { - if(maxVal == NO_VALUE) + if (maxVal == NO_VALUE) maxVal = maxLimit; puts("<TD align='right'>to<TD align='left'>"); safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s%s", name, SCORE_FILTER,_MAX); cgiMakeIntVarWithLimits(varName, maxVal, "Maximum score", 0, minLimit, maxLimit); } printf("<TD align='left'%s> (%d to %d)",(filterByRange?"":" colspan=3"),minLimit, maxLimit); - if(trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, GRAY_LEVEL_SCORE_MIN) != NULL) + if (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, GRAY_LEVEL_SCORE_MIN) != NULL) { printf("<TR><TD align='right'colspan=5>"); scoreGrayLevelCfgUi(cart, tdb, name, 1000); puts("</TR>"); } } - if(opened) + if (opened) { puts("</TABLE>"); cfgEndBox(boxed); } } void genePredCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, boolean boxed) /* Put up gencode-specific controls */ { char varName[64]; boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name); char *geneLabel = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb,parentLevel, "label", "gene"); boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); if (sameString(name, "acembly")) { - char *acemblyClass = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart,tdb,parentLevel,"type", acemblyEnumToString(0)); + char *acemblyClass = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart,tdb,parentLevel,"type", + acemblyEnumToString(0)); printf("<p><b>Gene Class: </b>"); acemblyDropDown("acembly.type", acemblyClass); printf(" "); } - else if(startsWith("wgEncodeGencode", name) - || sameString("wgEncodeSangerGencode", name) - || (startsWith("encodeGencode", name) && !sameString("encodeGencodeRaceFrags", name))) + else if (startsWith("wgEncodeGencode", name) + || sameString("wgEncodeSangerGencode", name) + || (startsWith("encodeGencode", name) && !sameString("encodeGencodeRaceFrags", name))) { printf("<B>Label:</B> "); safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.label", name); cgiMakeRadioButton(varName, "gene", sameString("gene", geneLabel)); printf("%s ", "gene"); cgiMakeRadioButton(varName, "accession", sameString("accession", geneLabel)); printf("%s ", "accession"); cgiMakeRadioButton(varName, "both", sameString("both", geneLabel)); printf("%s ", "both"); cgiMakeRadioButton(varName, "none", sameString("none", geneLabel)); printf("%s ", "none"); } - if(trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, "nmdFilter")) + if (trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, "nmdFilter")) { boolean nmdDefault = FALSE; safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "hgt.%s.nmdFilter", name); - nmdDefault = cartUsualBoolean(cart,varName, FALSE); // TODO: var name (hgt prefix) needs changing before ClosesToHome can be used + nmdDefault = cartUsualBoolean(cart,varName, FALSE); + // TODO: var name (hgt prefix) needs changing before ClosesToHome can be used printf("<p><b>Filter out NMD targets.</b>"); cgiMakeCheckBox(varName, nmdDefault); } - if(!sameString(tdb->track, "tigrGeneIndex") - && !sameString(tdb->track, "ensGeneNonCoding") - && !sameString(tdb->track, "encodeGencodeRaceFrags")) + if (!sameString(tdb->track, "tigrGeneIndex") + && !sameString(tdb->track, "ensGeneNonCoding") + && !sameString(tdb->track, "encodeGencodeRaceFrags")) baseColorDropLists(cart, tdb, name); filterBy_t *filterBySet = filterBySetGet(tdb,cart,name); - if(filterBySet != NULL) + if (filterBySet != NULL) { printf("<BR>"); filterBySetCfgUi(cart,tdb,filterBySet,FALSE); filterBySetFree(&filterBySet); } cfgEndBox(boxed); } static boolean isSpeciesOn(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *species, char *option, int optionSize, boolean defaultState) /* check the cart to see if species is turned off or on (default is defaultState) */ { boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,option); if (*option == '\0') safef(option, optionSize, "%s.%s", tdb->track, species); else { char *suffix = option + strlen(option); int suffixSize = optionSize - strlen(option); safef(suffix,suffixSize,".%s",species); } return cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart,tdb, parentLevel, species,defaultState); } - char **wigMafGetSpecies(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *db, struct wigMafSpecies **list, int *groupCt) + char **wigMafGetSpecies(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *prefix, char *db, + struct wigMafSpecies **list, int *groupCt) { int speciesCt = 0; char *speciesGroup = trackDbSetting(tdb, SPECIES_GROUP_VAR); char *speciesUseFile = trackDbSetting(tdb, SPECIES_USE_FILE); char *speciesOrder = trackDbSetting(tdb, SPECIES_ORDER_VAR); char sGroup[24]; //Ochar *groups[20]; struct wigMafSpecies *wmSpecies, *wmSpeciesList = NULL; int group; int i; #define MAX_SP_SIZE 2000 #define MAX_GROUPS 20 char *species[MAX_SP_SIZE]; char option[MAX_SP_SIZE]; /* determine species and groups for pairwise -- create checkboxes */ if (speciesOrder == NULL && speciesGroup == NULL && speciesUseFile == NULL) { if (isCustomTrack(tdb->track)) return NULL; errAbort("Track %s missing required trackDb setting: speciesOrder, speciesGroups, or speciesUseFile", tdb->track); } char **groups = needMem(MAX_GROUPS * sizeof (char *)); *groupCt = 1; if (speciesGroup) *groupCt = chopByWhite(speciesGroup, groups, MAX_GROUPS); if (speciesUseFile) { if ((speciesGroup != NULL) || (speciesOrder != NULL)) errAbort("Can't specify speciesUseFile and speciesGroup or speciesOrder"); speciesOrder = cartGetOrderFromFile(db, cart, speciesUseFile); // Not sure why this is in cart - } // not tdb based so no ClosestToHome + } // not tdb based so no ClosestToHome for (group = 0; group < *groupCt; group++) { if (*groupCt != 1 || !speciesOrder) { safef(sGroup, sizeof sGroup, "%s%s", SPECIES_GROUP_PREFIX, groups[group]); speciesOrder = trackDbRequiredSetting(tdb, sGroup); } speciesCt = chopLine(speciesOrder, species); for (i = 0; i < speciesCt; i++) { AllocVar(wmSpecies); wmSpecies->name = cloneString(species[i]); safecpy(option,sizeof option,prefix); wmSpecies->on = isSpeciesOn(cart, tdb, wmSpecies->name, option, sizeof option, TRUE); wmSpecies->group = group; slAddHead(&wmSpeciesList, wmSpecies); } } slReverse(&wmSpeciesList); *list = wmSpeciesList; return groups; } struct wigMafSpecies * wigMafSpeciesTable(struct cart *cart, - struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *db) + struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *db) { int groupCt; #define MAX_SP_SIZE 2000 char option[MAX_SP_SIZE]; int group, prevGroup; int i,j; boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name); bool lowerFirstChar = TRUE; struct wigMafSpecies *wmSpeciesList; char **groups = wigMafGetSpecies(cart, tdb, name, db, &wmSpeciesList, &groupCt); struct wigMafSpecies *wmSpecies = wmSpeciesList; struct slName *speciesList = NULL; for(; wmSpecies; wmSpecies = wmSpecies->next) { struct slName *newName = slNameNew(wmSpecies->name); slAddHead(&speciesList, newName); //printf("%s<BR>\n",speciesList->name); } slReverse(&speciesList); int numberPerRow; boolean lineBreakJustPrinted; char trackName[255]; char query[256]; char **row; struct sqlConnection *conn; struct sqlResult *sr; char *words[MAX_SP_SIZE]; int defaultOffSpeciesCnt = 0; - if(cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL) + if (cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL) jsIncludeFile("utils.js",NULL); //jsInit(); puts("\n<P><B>Species selection:</B> "); cgiContinueHiddenVar("g"); PLUS_BUTTON( "id", "plus_pw","cb_maf_","_maf_"); MINUS_BUTTON("id","minus_pw","cb_maf_","_maf_"); char prefix[512]; safef(prefix, sizeof prefix, "%s.", name); char *defaultOffSpecies = trackDbSetting(tdb, "speciesDefaultOff"); struct hash *offHash = NULL; if (defaultOffSpecies) { offHash = newHash(5); DEFAULT_BUTTON( "id", "default_pw","cb_maf_","_maf_"); int wordCt = chopLine(defaultOffSpecies, words); defaultOffSpeciesCnt = wordCt; /* build hash of species that should be off */ int ii; for(ii=0; ii < wordCt; ii++) hashAdd(offHash, words[ii], NULL); } #define BRANEY_SAYS_USETARG_IS_OBSOLETE #ifndef BRANEY_SAYS_USETARG_IS_OBSOLETE char *speciesTarget = trackDbSetting(tdb, SPECIES_TARGET_VAR); char *speciesTree = trackDbSetting(tdb, SPECIES_TREE_VAR); struct phyloTree *tree; if ((speciesTree != NULL) && ((tree = phyloParseString(speciesTree)) != NULL)) { char buffer[128]; char *nodeNames[512]; int numNodes = 0; char *path, *orgName; int ii; safef(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s.vis",name); - cartMakeRadioButton(cart, buffer,"useTarg", "useTarg");// not closestToHome because BRANEY_SAYS_USETARG_IS_OBSOLETE + // not closestToHome because BRANEY_SAYS_USETARG_IS_OBSOLETE + cartMakeRadioButton(cart, buffer,"useTarg", "useTarg"); printf("Show shortest path to target species: "); path = phyloNodeNames(tree); numNodes = chopLine(path, nodeNames); for(ii=0; ii < numNodes; ii++) { if ((orgName = hOrganism(nodeNames[ii])) != NULL) nodeNames[ii] = orgName; nodeNames[ii][0] = toupper(nodeNames[ii][0]); } + // not closestToHome because BRANEY_SAYS_USETARG_IS_OBSOLETE cgiMakeDropList(SPECIES_HTML_TARGET, nodeNames, numNodes, - cartUsualString(cart, SPECIES_HTML_TARGET, speciesTarget));// not closestToHome because BRANEY_SAYS_USETARG_IS_OBSOLETE + cartUsualString(cart, SPECIES_HTML_TARGET, speciesTarget)); puts("<br>"); - cartMakeRadioButton(cart,buffer,"useCheck", "useTarg"); // not closestToHome because BRANEY_SAYS_USETARG_IS_OBSOLETE + // not closestToHome because BRANEY_SAYS_USETARG_IS_OBSOLETE + cartMakeRadioButton(cart,buffer,"useCheck", "useTarg"); printf("Show all species checked : "); } #endif///ndef BRANEY_SAYS_USETARG_IS_OBSOLETE if (groupCt == 1) puts("\n<TABLE><TR>"); group = -1; lineBreakJustPrinted = FALSE; for (wmSpecies = wmSpeciesList, i = 0, j = 0; wmSpecies != NULL; wmSpecies = wmSpecies->next, i++) { char *label; prevGroup = group; group = wmSpecies->group; if (groupCt != 1 && group != prevGroup) { i = 0; j = 0; if (group != 0) puts("</TR></TABLE>\n"); /* replace underscores in group names */ subChar(groups[group], '_', ' '); - printf("<P> <B><EM>%s</EM></B>", groups[group]); - printf(" "); - safef(option, sizeof(option), "plus_%s", groups[group]); - PLUS_BUTTON( "id",option,"cb_maf_",groups[group]); - safef(option, sizeof(option),"minus_%s", groups[group]); - MINUS_BUTTON("id",option,"cb_maf_",groups[group]); - - puts("\n<TABLE><TR>"); - } + printf("<P> <B><EM>%s</EM></B>", groups[group]); + printf(" "); + safef(option, sizeof(option), "plus_%s", groups[group]); + PLUS_BUTTON( "id",option,"cb_maf_",groups[group]); + safef(option, sizeof(option),"minus_%s", groups[group]); + MINUS_BUTTON("id",option,"cb_maf_",groups[group]); + + puts("\n<TABLE><TR>"); + } if (hIsGsidServer()) numberPerRow = 6; else numberPerRow = 5; /* new logic to decide if line break should be displayed here */ if ((j != 0 && (j % numberPerRow) == 0) && (lineBreakJustPrinted == FALSE)) { puts("</TR><TR>"); lineBreakJustPrinted = TRUE; } char id[MAX_SP_SIZE]; boolean checked = TRUE; - if(defaultOffSpeciesCnt > 0) + if (defaultOffSpeciesCnt > 0) { - if(stringArrayIx(wmSpecies->name,words,defaultOffSpeciesCnt) == -1) + if (stringArrayIx(wmSpecies->name,words,defaultOffSpeciesCnt) == -1) safef(id, sizeof(id), "cb_maf_%s_%s", groups[group], wmSpecies->name); else { safef(id, sizeof(id), "cb_maf_%s_%s_defOff", groups[group], wmSpecies->name); checked = FALSE; } } else safef(id, sizeof(id), "cb_maf_%s_%s", groups[group], wmSpecies->name); if (hIsGsidServer()) { char *chp; /* for GSID maf, display only entries belong to the specific MSA selected */ - safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, wmSpecies->name); - label = hOrganism(wmSpecies->name); - if (label == NULL) + safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, wmSpecies->name); + label = hOrganism(wmSpecies->name); + if (label == NULL) label = wmSpecies->name; strcpy(trackName, tdb->track); /* try AaMaf first */ chp = strstr(trackName, "AaMaf"); /* if it is not a AaMaf track, try Maf next */ if (chp == NULL) chp = strstr(trackName, "Maf"); /* test if the entry actually is part of the specific maf track data */ if (chp != NULL) { *chp = '\0'; safef(query, sizeof(query), - "select id from %sMsa where id = 'ss.%s'", trackName, label); + "select id from %sMsa where id = 'ss.%s'", trackName, label); conn = hAllocConn(db); sr = sqlGetResult(conn, query); row = sqlNextRow(sr); /* offer it only if the entry is found in current maf data set */ if (row != NULL) { puts("<TD>"); - cgiMakeCheckBoxWithId(option,cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome( - cart, tdb, parentLevel,wmSpecies->name, checked),id); - printf ("%s", label); + cgiMakeCheckBoxWithId(option,cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome( + cart, tdb, parentLevel,wmSpecies->name, checked),id); + printf("%s", label); puts("</TD>"); fflush(stdout); lineBreakJustPrinted = FALSE; j++; } sqlFreeResult(&sr); hFreeConn(&conn); } } else - { - puts("<TD>"); + { + puts("<TD>"); boolean defaultState = TRUE; if (offHash != NULL) defaultState = (hashLookup(offHash, wmSpecies->name) == NULL); safecpy(option, sizeof(option), name); wmSpecies->on = isSpeciesOn(cart, tdb, wmSpecies->name, option, sizeof option, defaultState ); cgiMakeCheckBoxWithId(option, wmSpecies->on,id); - label = hOrganism(wmSpecies->name); - if (label == NULL) + label = hOrganism(wmSpecies->name); + if (label == NULL) label = wmSpecies->name; if (lowerFirstChar) *label = tolower(*label); - printf ("%s<BR>", label); - puts("</TD>"); + printf("%s<BR>", label); + puts("</TD>"); lineBreakJustPrinted = FALSE; j++; } } puts("</TR></TABLE><BR>\n"); return wmSpeciesList; } void wigMafCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,char *name, char *title, boolean boxed, char *db) /* UI for maf/wiggle track * NOTE: calls wigCfgUi */ { bool lowerFirstChar = TRUE; int i; char option[MAX_SP_SIZE]; boolean parentLevel = isNameAtParentLevel(tdb,name); boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); char *defaultCodonSpecies = trackDbSetting(tdb, SPECIES_CODON_DEFAULT); char *framesTable = trackDbSetting(tdb, "frames"); char *firstCase = trackDbSetting(tdb, ITEM_FIRST_CHAR_CASE); if (firstCase != NULL) { if (sameWord(firstCase, "noChange")) lowerFirstChar = FALSE; } char *treeImage = NULL; struct consWiggle *consWig, *consWiggles = wigMafWiggles(db, tdb); boolean isWigMafProt = FALSE; if (strstr(tdb->type, "wigMafProt")) isWigMafProt = TRUE; puts("<TABLE><TR><TD VALIGN=\"TOP\">"); if (consWiggles && consWiggles->next) { /* check for alternate conservation wiggles -- create checkboxes */ puts("<P STYLE=\"margin-top:10;\"><B>Conservation:</B>" ); boolean first = TRUE; for (consWig = consWiggles; consWig != NULL; consWig = consWig->next) { char *wigVarSuffix = NULL; char *wigVar = wigMafWiggleVar(name, consWig, &wigVarSuffix); cgiMakeCheckBox(wigVar, - cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, wigVarSuffix, first)); + cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart,tdb,parentLevel,wigVarSuffix,first)); freeMem(wigVar); first = FALSE; subChar(consWig->uiLabel, '_', ' '); printf ("%s ", consWig->uiLabel); } } struct wigMafSpecies *wmSpeciesList = wigMafSpeciesTable(cart, tdb, name, db); struct wigMafSpecies *wmSpecies; if (isWigMafProt) puts("<B>Multiple alignment amino acid-level:</B><BR>" ); else puts("<B>Multiple alignment base-level:</B><BR>" ); safef(option, sizeof option, "%s.%s", name, MAF_DOT_VAR); cgiMakeCheckBox(option, cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel,MAF_DOT_VAR, FALSE)); if (isWigMafProt) puts("Display amino acids identical to reference as dots<BR>" ); else puts("Display bases identical to reference as dots<BR>" ); safef(option, sizeof option, "%s.%s", name, MAF_CHAIN_VAR); - cgiMakeCheckBox(option, cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, MAF_CHAIN_VAR, TRUE)); + cgiMakeCheckBox(option, cartUsualBooleanClosestToHome(cart,tdb,parentLevel,MAF_CHAIN_VAR,TRUE)); char *irowStr = trackDbSetting(tdb, "irows"); boolean doIrows = (irowStr == NULL) || !sameString(irowStr, "off"); if (isCustomTrack(tdb->track) || doIrows) puts("Display chains between alignments<BR>"); else { if (isWigMafProt) puts("Display unaligned amino acids with spanning chain as 'o's<BR>"); else - puts("Display unaligned bases with spanning chain as 'o's<BR>"); + puts("Display unaligned bases with spanning chain as 'o's<BR>"); } safef(option, sizeof option, "%s.%s", name, "codons"); if (framesTable) { char *nodeNames[512]; char buffer[128]; printf("<BR><B>Codon Translation:</B><BR>"); printf("Default species to establish reading frame: "); nodeNames[0] = db; for (wmSpecies = wmSpeciesList, i = 1; wmSpecies != NULL; wmSpecies = wmSpecies->next, i++) { - nodeNames[i] = wmSpecies->name; - } - cgiMakeDropList(SPECIES_CODON_DEFAULT, nodeNames, i, - cartUsualString(cart, SPECIES_CODON_DEFAULT, defaultCodonSpecies)); // tdb independent var + nodeNames[i] = wmSpecies->name; + } + cgiMakeDropList(SPECIES_CODON_DEFAULT, nodeNames, i, // tdb independent var + cartUsualString(cart, SPECIES_CODON_DEFAULT, defaultCodonSpecies)); puts("<br>"); char *cartVal = cartUsualStringClosestToHome(cart, tdb, parentLevel, "codons","codonDefault"); safef(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s.codons",name); cgiMakeRadioButton(buffer,"codonNone", sameWord(cartVal,"codonNone")); printf("No codon translation<BR>"); cgiMakeRadioButton(buffer,"codonDefault", sameWord(cartVal,"codonDefault")); printf("Use default species reading frames for translation<BR>"); cgiMakeRadioButton(buffer,"codonFrameNone",sameWord(cartVal,"codonFrameNone")); printf("Use reading frames for species if available, otherwise no translation<BR>"); cgiMakeRadioButton(buffer,"codonFrameDef", sameWord(cartVal,"codonFrameDef")); printf("Use reading frames for species if available, otherwise use default species<BR>"); } else { /* Codon highlighting does not apply to wigMafProt type */ if (!strstr(tdb->type, "wigMafProt")) - { - puts("<P><B>Codon highlighting:</B><BR>" ); + { + puts("<P><B>Codon highlighting:</B><BR>" ); #ifdef GENE_FRAMING - safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, MAF_FRAME_VAR); - char *currentCodonMode = cartCgiUsualString(cart, option, MAF_FRAME_GENE); + safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, MAF_FRAME_VAR); + char *currentCodonMode = cartCgiUsualString(cart, option, MAF_FRAME_GENE); - /* Disable codon highlighting */ - cgiMakeRadioButton(option, MAF_FRAME_NONE, - sameString(MAF_FRAME_NONE, currentCodonMode)); - puts("None "); + /* Disable codon highlighting */ + cgiMakeRadioButton(option, MAF_FRAME_NONE, + sameString(MAF_FRAME_NONE, currentCodonMode)); + puts("None "); - /* Use gene pred */ - cgiMakeRadioButton(option, MAF_FRAME_GENE, - sameString(MAF_FRAME_GENE, currentCodonMode)); - puts("CDS-annotated frame based on"); - safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, MAF_GENEPRED_VAR); - genePredDropDown(cart, makeTrackHash(db, chromosome), NULL, option); + /* Use gene pred */ + cgiMakeRadioButton(option, MAF_FRAME_GENE, + sameString(MAF_FRAME_GENE, currentCodonMode)); + puts("CDS-annotated frame based on"); + safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, MAF_GENEPRED_VAR); + genePredDropDown(cart, makeTrackHash(db, chromosome), NULL, option); #else - snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, BASE_COLORS_VAR); - puts (" Alternate colors every"); - cgiMakeIntVar(option, cartCgiUsualInt(cart, option, 0), 1); - puts ("bases<BR>"); - snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, + snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, BASE_COLORS_VAR); + puts(" Alternate colors every"); + cgiMakeIntVar(option, cartCgiUsualInt(cart, option, 0), 1); + puts("bases<BR>"); + snprintf(option, sizeof(option), "%s.%s", name, BASE_COLORS_OFFSET_VAR); - puts (" Offset alternate colors by"); - cgiMakeIntVar(option, cartCgiUsualInt(cart, option, 0), 1); - puts ("bases<BR>"); + puts(" Offset alternate colors by"); + cgiMakeIntVar(option, cartCgiUsualInt(cart, option, 0), 1); + puts("bases<BR>"); #endif } } treeImage = trackDbSetting(tdb, "treeImage"); if (treeImage) printf("</TD><TD VALIGN=\"TOP\"><IMG SRC=\"../images/%s\"></TD></TR></TABLE>", treeImage); else puts("</TD></TR></TABLE>"); if (trackDbSetting(tdb, CONS_WIGGLE) != NULL) { wigCfgUi(cart,tdb,name,"Conservation graph:",FALSE); } cfgEndBox(boxed); } #ifdef USE_BAM static char *grayLabels[] = { "alignment quality", "base qualities", "unpaired ends", }; static char *grayValues[] = { BAM_GRAY_MODE_ALI_QUAL, BAM_GRAY_MODE_BASE_QUAL, BAM_GRAY_MODE_UNPAIRED, }; // When a child input of a radio set is changed, click its radio button: #define UPDATE_RADIO_FORMAT "%s=\"\ var inputs = document.getElementsByName('%s'); \ if (inputs) { \ for (var i=0; i < inputs.length; i++) { \ if (inputs[i].type == 'radio') { \ inputs[i].checked = (inputs[i].value == '%s'); \ } \ } \ }\"" void bamCfgUi(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, char *name, char *title, boolean boxed) /* BAM: short-read-oriented alignment file format. */ { boxed = cfgBeginBoxAndTitle(tdb, boxed, title); char cartVarName[1024]; printf("<TABLE%s><TR><TD>",boxed?" width='100%'":""); char *showNames = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_SHOW_NAMES, "0"); safef(cartVarName, sizeof(cartVarName), "%s.%s", name, BAM_SHOW_NAMES); cgiMakeCheckBox(cartVarName, SETTING_IS_ON(showNames)); printf("</TD><TD>Display read names</TD>"); if (boxed && fileExists(hHelpFile("hgBamTrackHelp"))) - printf("<TD style='text-align:right'><A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/hgBamTrackHelp.html\" TARGET=_BLANK>BAM " - "configuration help</A></TD>"); + printf("<TD style='text-align:right'><A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/hgBamTrackHelp.html\" " + "TARGET=_BLANK>BAM configuration help</A></TD>"); printf("</TR>\n"); boolean canPair = (cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_PAIR_ENDS_BY_NAME, NULL) != NULL); if (canPair) { char *doPairing = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_PAIR_ENDS_BY_NAME, "0"); printf("<TR><TD>"); safef(cartVarName, sizeof(cartVarName), "%s." BAM_PAIR_ENDS_BY_NAME, name); cgiMakeCheckBox(cartVarName, SETTING_IS_ON(doPairing)); printf("</TD><TD>Attempt to join paired end reads by name</TD></TR>\n"); } printf("<TR><TD colspan=2>Minimum alignment quality:\n"); safef(cartVarName, sizeof(cartVarName), "%s." BAM_MIN_ALI_QUAL, name); cgiMakeIntVar(cartVarName, - atoi(cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_MIN_ALI_QUAL, BAM_MIN_ALI_QUAL_DEFAULT)), 4); + atoi(cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_MIN_ALI_QUAL, BAM_MIN_ALI_QUAL_DEFAULT)), 4); printf("</TD></TR></TABLE>"); if (isCustomTrack(name)) { // Auto-magic baseColor defaults for BAM, same as in hgTracks.c newCustomTrack hashAdd(tdb->settingsHash, BASE_COLOR_USE_SEQUENCE, cloneString("lfExtra")); hashAdd(tdb->settingsHash, BASE_COLOR_DEFAULT, cloneString("diffBases")); hashAdd(tdb->settingsHash, SHOW_DIFF_BASES_ALL_SCALES, cloneString(".")); hashAdd(tdb->settingsHash, "showDiffBasesMaxZoom", cloneString("100")); } baseColorDropLists(cart, tdb, name); puts("<BR>"); indelShowOptionsWithName(cart, tdb, name); printf("<BR>\n"); printf("<B>Additional coloring modes:</B><BR>\n"); safef(cartVarName, sizeof(cartVarName), "%s." BAM_COLOR_MODE, name); char *selected = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_COLOR_MODE, BAM_COLOR_MODE_DEFAULT); cgiMakeRadioButton(cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_STRAND, sameString(selected, BAM_COLOR_MODE_STRAND)); printf("Color by strand (blue for +, red for -)<BR>\n"); cgiMakeRadioButton(cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_GRAY, sameString(selected, BAM_COLOR_MODE_GRAY)); printf("Use gray for\n"); char cartVarName2[1024]; safef(cartVarName2, sizeof(cartVarName2), "%s." BAM_GRAY_MODE, name); int grayMenuSize = canPair ? ArraySize(grayLabels) : ArraySize(grayLabels)-1; char *sel2 = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_GRAY_MODE, BAM_GRAY_MODE_DEFAULT); char onChange[2048]; safef(onChange, sizeof(onChange), UPDATE_RADIO_FORMAT, "onChange", cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_GRAY); cgiMakeDropListFull(cartVarName2, grayLabels, grayValues, grayMenuSize, sel2, onChange); printf("<BR>\n"); if (trackDbSettingClosestToHome(tdb, "noColorTag") == NULL) { cgiMakeRadioButton(cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_TAG, sameString(selected, BAM_COLOR_MODE_TAG)); printf("Use R,G,B colors specified in user-defined tag "); safef(cartVarName2, sizeof(cartVarName2), "%s." BAM_COLOR_TAG, name); sel2 = cartOrTdbString(cart, tdb, BAM_COLOR_TAG, BAM_COLOR_TAG_DEFAULT); safef(onChange, sizeof(onChange), UPDATE_RADIO_FORMAT, "onkeypress", cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_TAG); cgiMakeTextVarWithExtraHtml(cartVarName2, sel2, 30, onChange); printf("<BR>\n"); } cgiMakeRadioButton(cartVarName, BAM_COLOR_MODE_OFF, sameString(selected, BAM_COLOR_MODE_OFF)); printf("No additional coloring"); //TODO: include / exclude flags if (!boxed && fileExists(hHelpFile("hgBamTrackHelp"))) printf("<P><A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/hgBamTrackHelp.html\" TARGET=_BLANK>BAM " - "configuration help</A></P>"); + "configuration help</A></P>"); cfgEndBox(boxed); } #endif//def USE_BAM struct trackDb *rFindView(struct trackDb *forest, char *view) // Return the trackDb on the list that matches the view tag. Prefers ancestors before decendents { struct trackDb *tdb; for (tdb = forest; tdb != NULL; tdb = tdb->next) { char *viewSetting = trackDbSetting(tdb, "view"); if (sameOk(viewSetting, view) || sameOk(tagEncode(viewSetting), view)) return tdb; } for (tdb = forest; tdb != NULL; tdb = tdb->next) { struct trackDb *viewTdb = rFindView(tdb->subtracks, view); if (viewTdb != NULL) return viewTdb; } return NULL; } static boolean compositeViewCfgExpandedByDefault(struct trackDb *parentTdb,char *view, char **retVisibility) - /* returns true if the view cfg is expanded by default. Optionally allocates string of view - * setting (eg 'dense') */ + // returns true if the view cfg is expanded by default. Optionally allocates string of view + // setting (eg 'dense') { boolean expanded = FALSE; if ( retVisibility != NULL ) *retVisibility = cloneString(hStringFromTv(parentTdb->visibility)); struct trackDb *viewTdb = rFindView(parentTdb->subtracks, view); if (viewTdb == NULL) return FALSE; if (retVisibility != NULL) *retVisibility = cloneString(hStringFromTv(viewTdb->visibility)); if (trackDbSetting(viewTdb, "viewUi")) expanded = TRUE; return expanded; } enum trackVisibility visCompositeViewDefault(struct trackDb *parentTdb,char *view) - /* returns the default track visibility of particular view within a composite track */ + // returns the default track visibility of particular view within a composite track { char *visibility = NULL; compositeViewCfgExpandedByDefault(parentTdb,view,&visibility); enum trackVisibility vis = hTvFromString(visibility); freeMem(visibility); return vis; } static boolean hCompositeDisplayViewDropDowns(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb) - /* UI for composite view drop down selections. */ + // UI for composite view drop down selections. { int ix; char varName[SMALLBUF]; char classes[SMALLBUF]; char javascript[JBUFSIZE]; - #define CFG_LINK "<B><A HREF=\"#a_cfg_%s\" onclick=\"return (showConfigControls('%s') == false);\" title=\"%s Configuration\">%s</A><INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN NAME='%s.showCfg' value='%s'></B>" - #define MAKE_CFG_LINK(name,title,viewTrack,open) printf(CFG_LINK, (name),(name),(title),(title),(viewTrack),((open)?"on":"off")) - - membersForAll_t *membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb, cart); // membersForAll is generated once per track, then cached + #define CFG_LINK "<B><A HREF=\"#a_cfg_%s\" onclick=\"return (showConfigControls('%s') == " \ + "false);\" title=\"%s Configuration\">%s</A><INPUT TYPE=HIDDEN " \ + "NAME='%s.showCfg' value='%s'></B>" + #define MAKE_CFG_LINK(name,title,viewTrack,open) \ + printf(CFG_LINK, (name),(name),(title),(title),(viewTrack),((open)?"on":"off")) + + // membersForAll is generated once per track, then cached + membersForAll_t *membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb, cart); members_t *membersOfView = membersForAll->members[dimV]; - if(membersOfView == NULL) + if (membersOfView == NULL) return FALSE; char configurable[membersOfView->count]; memset(configurable,cfgNone,sizeof(configurable)); int firstOpened = -1; boolean makeCfgRows = FALSE; struct trackDb **matchedViewTracks = needMem(sizeof(struct trackDb *) * membersOfView->count); for (ix = 0; ix < membersOfView->count; ix++) { if (membersOfView->subtrackList != NULL && membersOfView->subtrackList[ix] != NULL) { struct trackDb *subtrack = membersOfView->subtrackList[ix]->val; matchedViewTracks[ix] = subtrack->parent; configurable[ix] = (char)cfgTypeFromTdb(subtrack, TRUE); if (configurable[ix] != cfgNone && trackDbSettingBlocksConfiguration(subtrack,FALSE)) configurable[ix] = cfgNone; - if(configurable[ix] != cfgNone) + if (configurable[ix] != cfgNone) { - if(firstOpened == -1) + if (firstOpened == -1) { safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.showCfg", matchedViewTracks[ix]->track); - if(cartUsualBoolean(cart,varName,FALSE)) // No need for closestToHome: view level input + if (cartUsualBoolean(cart,varName,FALSE)) // No need for closestToHome: view level firstOpened = ix; } makeCfgRows = TRUE; } } } toLowerN(membersOfView->groupTitle, 1); - printf("<B>Select %s</B> (<A HREF='../goldenPath/help/multiView.html' title='Help on views' TARGET=_BLANK>help</A>):\n", membersOfView->groupTitle); + printf("<B>Select %s</B> (<A HREF='../goldenPath/help/multiView.html' title='Help on views' " + "TARGET=_BLANK>help</A>):\n", membersOfView->groupTitle); printf("<TABLE><TR style='text-align:left;'>\n"); // Make row of vis drop downs for (ix = 0; ix < membersOfView->count; ix++) { char *viewName = membersOfView->tags[ix]; if (matchedViewTracks[ix] != NULL) { printf("<TD>"); - if(configurable[ix] != cfgNone) + if (configurable[ix] != cfgNone) { - MAKE_CFG_LINK(membersOfView->tags[ix],membersOfView->titles[ix],matchedViewTracks[ix]->track,(firstOpened == ix)); + MAKE_CFG_LINK(membersOfView->tags[ix],membersOfView->titles[ix], + matchedViewTracks[ix]->track,(firstOpened == ix)); } else printf("<B>%s</B>",membersOfView->titles[ix]); puts("</TD>"); - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s", matchedViewTracks[ix]->track); - #else///ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - safef(varName, sizeof(varName), "%s.%s.vis", parentTdb->track, viewName); // FIXME: Time to get rid of "track.view.vis" since viewInTheMiddle - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG - enum trackVisibility tv = - hTvFromString(cartUsualString(cart, varName,hStringFromTv(visCompositeViewDefault(parentTdb,viewName)))); + enum trackVisibility tv = hTvFromString(cartUsualString(cart,varName, + hStringFromTv(visCompositeViewDefault(parentTdb,viewName)))); - safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "onchange=\"matSelectViewForSubTracks(this,'%s');\" onfocus='this.lastIndex=this.selectedIndex;'", viewName); + safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "onchange=\"matSelectViewForSubTracks(this,'%s');\" " + "onfocus='this.lastIndex=this.selectedIndex;'", + viewName); printf("<TD>"); safef(classes, sizeof(classes), "viewDD normalText %s", membersOfView->tags[ix]); hTvDropDownClassWithJavascript(varName, tv, parentTdb->canPack,classes,javascript); puts(" </TD>"); } } puts("</TR>"); // Make row of cfg boxes if needed - if(makeCfgRows) + if (makeCfgRows) { puts("</TABLE><TABLE>"); for (ix = 0; ix < membersOfView->count; ix++) { struct trackDb *view = matchedViewTracks[ix]; if (view != NULL) { char *viewName = membersOfView->tags[ix]; printf("<TR id=\"tr_cfg_%s\"", viewName); - if((firstOpened == -1 && !compositeViewCfgExpandedByDefault(parentTdb,membersOfView->tags[ix],NULL)) - || (firstOpened != -1 && firstOpened != ix)) + if (( firstOpened == -1 + && !compositeViewCfgExpandedByDefault(parentTdb,membersOfView->tags[ix],NULL)) + || (firstOpened != -1 && firstOpened != ix)) printf(" style=\"display:none\""); printf("><TD width=10> </TD>"); int ix2=ix; - while(0 < ix2--) + while (0 < ix2--) printf("<TD width=100> </TD>"); printf("<TD colspan=%d>",membersOfView->count+1); - if(configurable[ix] != cfgNone) + if (configurable[ix] != cfgNone) { // Hint: subtrack is model but named for view cfgByCfgType(configurable[ix],db,cart,view->subtracks,view->track, - membersOfView->titles[ix],TRUE); - #ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - cfgLinkToDependentCfgs(cart,parentTdb,view->track); - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG + membersOfView->titles[ix],TRUE); } } } } puts("</TABLE>"); freeMem(matchedViewTracks); return TRUE; } char *compositeLabelWithVocabLink(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct trackDb *childTdb, char *vocabType, char *label) - /* If the parentTdb has a controlledVocabulary setting and the vocabType is found, - then label will be wrapped with the link to display it. Return string is cloned. */ + // If the parentTdb has a controlledVocabulary setting and the vocabType is found, + // then label will be wrapped with the link to display it. Return string is cloned. { char *vocab = trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "controlledVocabulary"); (void)metadataForTable(db,childTdb,NULL); - if(vocab == NULL) + if (vocab == NULL) return cloneString(label); // No wrapping! char *words[15]; int count,ix; boolean found=FALSE; - if((count = chopByWhite(cloneString(vocab), words,15)) <= 1) + if ((count = chopByWhite(cloneString(vocab), words,15)) <= 1) return cloneString(label); char *suffix=NULL; char *rootLabel = labelRoot(label,&suffix); - for(ix=1;ix<count && !found;ix++) + for (ix=1;ix<count && !found;ix++) { - if(sameString(vocabType,words[ix])) // controlledVocabulary setting matches tag so all labels are linked - { + if (sameString(vocabType,words[ix])) // controlledVocabulary setting matches tag + { // so all labels are linked char *link = controlledVocabLink(words[0],"term",words[ix],rootLabel,rootLabel,suffix); return link; } - else if(countChars(words[ix],'=') == 1 && childTdb != NULL) // The name of a trackDb setting follows and will be the controlled vocab term + else if (countChars(words[ix],'=') == 1 && childTdb != NULL) + // The name of a trackDb setting follows and will be the controlled vocab term { strSwapChar(words[ix],'=',0); - if(sameString(vocabType,words[ix])) // tags match, but search for term + if (sameString(vocabType,words[ix])) // tags match, but search for term { char * cvSetting = words[ix] + strlen(words[ix]) + 1; const char * cvTerm = metadataFindValue(childTdb,cvSetting); - if(cvTerm != NULL) + if (cvTerm != NULL) { - char *link = controlledVocabLink(words[0],(sameWord(cvSetting,"antibody")?"target":"term"),(char *)cvTerm,(char *)cvTerm,rootLabel,suffix); + char *link = controlledVocabLink(words[0],(sameWord(cvSetting,"antibody") ? + "target" : "term"), + (char *)cvTerm,(char *)cvTerm,rootLabel,suffix); return link; } } } } freeMem(words[0]); freeMem(rootLabel); return cloneString(label); } #ifdef BUTTONS_BY_CSS #define BUTTON_MAT "<span class='pmButton' onclick=\"matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(%s%s%s%s)\">%c</span>" #else///ifndef BUTTONS_BY_CSS - #define PM_BUTTON_UC "<IMG height=18 width=18 onclick=\"return (matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(%s%s%s%s%s%s) == false);\" id='btn_%s' src='../images/%s'>" + #define PM_BUTTON_UC "<IMG height=18 width=18 onclick=\"return " \ + "(matSetMatrixCheckBoxes(%s%s%s%s%s%s) == false);\" id='btn_%s' " \ + "src='../images/%s'>" #endif///def BUTTONS_BY_CSS #define MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER 8 #define MATRIX_BOTTOM_BUTTONS_AFTER 20 static void buttonsForAll() { #ifdef BUTTONS_BY_CSS printf(BUTTON_MAT,"true", "", "", "", '+'); printf(BUTTON_MAT,"false","", "", "", '-'); #else///ifndef BUTTONS_BY_CSS printf(PM_BUTTON_UC,"true", "", "", "", "", "", "plus_all", "add_sm.gif"); printf(PM_BUTTON_UC,"false","", "", "", "", "", "minus_all", "remove_sm.gif"); #endif///def BUTTONS_BY_CSS } + static void buttonsForOne(char *name,char *class,boolean vertical) { #ifdef BUTTONS_BY_CSS printf(BUTTON_MAT, "true", ",'", class, "'", '+'); if (vertical) puts("<BR>"); printf(BUTTON_MAT, "false", ",'", class, "'", '-'); #else///ifndef BUTTONS_BY_CSS printf(PM_BUTTON_UC, "true", ",'", class, "'", "", "", name, "add_sm.gif"); if (vertical) puts("<BR>"); printf(PM_BUTTON_UC, "false", ",'", class, "'", "", "", name, "remove_sm.gif"); #endif///def BUTTONS_BY_CSS } #define MATRIX_SQUEEZE 10 static boolean matrixSqueeze(membersForAll_t* membersForAll) // Returns non-zero if the matrix will be squeezed. Non-zero is actually squeezedLabelHeight { char *browserVersion; if (btIE == cgiClientBrowser(&browserVersion, NULL, NULL) && *browserVersion < '9') return 0; members_t *dimensionX = membersForAll->members[dimX]; members_t *dimensionY = membersForAll->members[dimY]; - if(dimensionX && dimensionY) + if (dimensionX && dimensionY) { - if(dimensionX->count>MATRIX_SQUEEZE) + if (dimensionX->count>MATRIX_SQUEEZE) { int ixX,cntX=0; for (ixX = 0; ixX < dimensionX->count; ixX++) { - if(dimensionX->subtrackList && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX] && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val) + if (dimensionX->subtrackList + && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX] + && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val) cntX++; } - if(cntX>MATRIX_SQUEEZE) + if (cntX>MATRIX_SQUEEZE) return TRUE; } } return FALSE; } - static void matrixXheadingsRow1(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb,boolean squeeze, membersForAll_t* membersForAll,boolean top) - /* prints the top row of a matrix: 'All' buttons; X titles; buttons 'All' */ + static void matrixXheadingsRow1(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb,boolean squeeze, + membersForAll_t* membersForAll,boolean top) + // prints the top row of a matrix: 'All' buttons; X titles; buttons 'All' { members_t *dimensionX = membersForAll->members[dimX]; members_t *dimensionY = membersForAll->members[dimY]; printf("<TR ALIGN=CENTER valign=%s>\n",top?"BOTTOM":"TOP"); - if(dimensionX && dimensionY) + if (dimensionX && dimensionY) { printf("<TH ALIGN=LEFT valign=%s>",top?"TOP":"BOTTOM"); //printf("<TH ALIGN=LEFT valign=%s>",(top == squeeze)?"BOTTOM":"TOP");//"TOP":"BOTTOM"); buttonsForAll(); puts(" All</TH>"); } // If there is an X dimension, then titles go across the top - if(dimensionX) + if (dimensionX) { int ixX,cntX=0; - if(dimensionY) + if (dimensionY) { - if(squeeze) + if (squeeze) printf("<TH align=RIGHT><div class='%s'><B><EM>%s</EM></B></div></TH>", (top?"up45":"dn45"), dimensionX->groupTitle); else printf("<TH align=RIGHT><B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>", dimensionX->groupTitle); } else - printf("<TH ALIGN=RIGHT valign=%s> <B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>",(top?"TOP":"BOTTOM"), dimensionX->groupTitle); + printf("<TH ALIGN=RIGHT valign=%s> <B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>", + (top ? "TOP" : "BOTTOM"), dimensionX->groupTitle); for (ixX = 0; ixX < dimensionX->count; ixX++) { - if(dimensionX->subtrackList && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX] && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val) + if (dimensionX->subtrackList + && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX] + && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val) { - if(dimensionY && squeeze) - { - strSwapStrs(dimensionX->titles[ixX],strlen(dimensionX->titles[ixX]),"<BR>"," "); // Breaks must be removed! - printf("<TH nowrap='' class='%s'><div class='%s'>%s</div></TH>\n",dimensionX->tags[ixX],(top?"up45":"dn45"), - compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val,dimensionX->groupTag,dimensionX->titles[ixX])); + if (dimensionY && squeeze) + { // Breaks must be removed! + strSwapStrs(dimensionX->titles[ixX],strlen(dimensionX->titles[ixX]),"<BR>"," "); + printf("<TH nowrap='' class='%s'><div class='%s'>%s</div></TH>\n", + dimensionX->tags[ixX],(top?"up45":"dn45"), + compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val, + dimensionX->groupTag,dimensionX->titles[ixX])); } else { char *label =replaceChars(dimensionX->titles[ixX]," (","<BR>("); - printf("<TH WIDTH='60' class='matCell %s all'> %s </TH>",dimensionX->tags[ixX], - compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val,dimensionX->groupTag,label)); + printf("<TH WIDTH='60' class='matCell %s all'> %s </TH>", + dimensionX->tags[ixX], + compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val, + dimensionX->groupTag,label)); freeMem(label); } cntX++; } } // If dimension is big enough, then add Y buttons to right as well - if(cntX>MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER) + if (cntX>MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER) { - if(dimensionY) + if (dimensionY) { - if(squeeze) + if (squeeze) printf("<TH align=LEFT><div class='%s'><B><EM>%s</EM></B></div></TH>", - (top?"up45":"dn45"), dimensionX->groupTitle); + (top?"up45":"dn45"), dimensionX->groupTitle); else printf("<TH align=LEFT><B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>", dimensionX->groupTitle); printf("<TH ALIGN=RIGHT valign=%s>All ",top?"TOP":"BOTTOM"); - //printf("<TH ALIGN=RIGHT valign=%s>All ",(top == squeeze)?"BOTTOM":"TOP");//"TOP":"BOTTOM"); buttonsForAll(); puts("</TH>"); } else - printf("<TH ALIGN=LEFT valign=%s><B><EM>%s</EM></B> </TH>",top?"TOP":"BOTTOM", dimensionX->groupTitle); + printf("<TH ALIGN=LEFT valign=%s><B><EM>%s</EM></B> </TH>", + top ? "TOP" : "BOTTOM", dimensionX->groupTitle); } } - else if(dimensionY) + else if (dimensionY) { printf("<TH ALIGN=RIGHT WIDTH=100 nowrap>"); printf("<B><EM>%s</EM></B>", dimensionY->groupTitle); printf("</TH><TH ALIGN=CENTER WIDTH=60>"); buttonsForAll(); puts("</TH>"); } puts("</TR>\n"); } - static void matrixXheadingsRow2(struct trackDb *parentTdb, boolean squeeze, membersForAll_t* membersForAll) - /* prints the 2nd row of a matrix: Y title; X buttons; title Y */ + static void matrixXheadingsRow2(struct trackDb *parentTdb, boolean squeeze, + membersForAll_t* membersForAll) + // prints the 2nd row of a matrix: Y title; X buttons; title Y { members_t *dimensionX = membersForAll->members[dimX]; members_t *dimensionY = membersForAll->members[dimY]; // If there are both X and Y dimensions, then there is a row of buttons in X - if(dimensionX && dimensionY) + if (dimensionX && dimensionY) { int ixX,cntX=0; - printf("<TR ALIGN=CENTER><TH ALIGN=CENTER colspan=2><B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>",dimensionY->groupTitle); + printf("<TR ALIGN=CENTER><TH ALIGN=CENTER colspan=2><B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>", + dimensionY->groupTitle); for (ixX = 0; ixX < dimensionX->count; ixX++) // Special row of +- +- +- { - if(dimensionX->subtrackList && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX] && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val) + if (dimensionX->subtrackList + && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX] + && dimensionX->subtrackList[ixX]->val) { char objName[SMALLBUF]; printf("<TD nowrap class='matCell %s all'>\n",dimensionX->tags[ixX]); safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "plus_%s_all", dimensionX->tags[ixX]); buttonsForOne( objName, dimensionX->tags[ixX], squeeze ); puts("</TD>"); cntX++; } } // If dimension is big enough, then add Y buttons to right as well - if(cntX>MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER) + if (cntX>MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER) printf("<TH ALIGN=CENTER colspan=2><B><EM>%s</EM></B></TH>", dimensionY->groupTitle); puts("</TR>\n"); } } - static boolean matrixXheadings(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb, membersForAll_t* membersForAll,boolean top) - /* UI for X headings in matrix */ + static boolean matrixXheadings(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb, membersForAll_t* membersForAll, + boolean top) + // UI for X headings in matrix { boolean squeeze = matrixSqueeze(membersForAll); - if(top) + if (top) matrixXheadingsRow1(db,parentTdb,squeeze,membersForAll,top); - matrixXheadingsRow2(parentTdb,squeeze,membersForAll); + matrixXheadingsRow2(parentTdb,squeeze,membersForAll); - if(!top) + if (!top) matrixXheadingsRow1(db,parentTdb,squeeze,membersForAll,top); return squeeze; } - static void matrixYheadings(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb, membersForAll_t* membersForAll,int ixY,boolean left) - /* prints the column of Y labels and buttons */ + static void matrixYheadings(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb, membersForAll_t* membersForAll, + int ixY,boolean left) + // prints the column of Y labels and buttons { members_t *dimensionX = membersForAll->members[dimX]; members_t *dimensionY = membersForAll->members[dimY]; struct trackDb *childTdb = NULL; - if(dimensionY && dimensionY->subtrackList && dimensionY->subtrackList[ixY] && dimensionY->subtrackList[ixY]->val) + if (dimensionY + && dimensionY->subtrackList + && dimensionY->subtrackList[ixY] + && dimensionY->subtrackList[ixY]->val) childTdb = dimensionY->subtrackList[ixY]->val; - if(dimensionX && dimensionY && childTdb != NULL) // Both X and Y, then column of buttons + if (dimensionX && dimensionY && childTdb != NULL) // Both X and Y, then column of buttons { char objName[SMALLBUF]; - printf("<TH class='matCell all %s' ALIGN=%s nowrap colspan=2>",dimensionY->tags[ixY],left?"RIGHT":"LEFT"); - if(left) - printf("%s ",compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,childTdb,dimensionY->groupTag,dimensionY->titles[ixY])); + printf("<TH class='matCell all %s' ALIGN=%s nowrap colspan=2>", + dimensionY->tags[ixY],left?"RIGHT":"LEFT"); + if (left) + printf("%s ",compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,childTdb,dimensionY->groupTag, + dimensionY->titles[ixY])); safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "plus_all_%s", dimensionY->tags[ixY]); buttonsForOne( objName, dimensionY->tags[ixY], FALSE ); - if(!left) - printf(" %s",compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,childTdb,dimensionY->groupTag,dimensionY->titles[ixY])); + if (!left) + printf(" %s",compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,childTdb,dimensionY->groupTag, + dimensionY->titles[ixY])); puts("</TH>"); } else if (dimensionX) { printf("<TH ALIGN=%s>",left?"RIGHT":"LEFT"); buttonsForAll(); puts("</TH>"); } else if (left && dimensionY && childTdb != NULL) printf("<TH class='matCell all %s' ALIGN=RIGHT nowrap>%s</TH>\n",dimensionY->tags[ixY], - compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,childTdb,dimensionY->groupTag,dimensionY->titles[ixY])); + compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,childTdb,dimensionY->groupTag, + dimensionY->titles[ixY])); } - static int displayABCdimensions(char *db,struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb, struct slRef *subtrackRefList, membersForAll_t* membersForAll) - /* This will walk through all declared nonX&Y dimensions (X and Y is the 2D matrix of CBs. - NOTE: ABC dims are only supported if there are X & Y both. Also expected number should be passed in */ + static int displayABCdimensions(char *db,struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb, + struct slRef *subtrackRefList, membersForAll_t* membersForAll) + // This will walk through all declared nonX&Y dimensions (X and Y is the 2D matrix of CBs. + // NOTE: ABC dims are only supported if there are X & Y both. + // Also expected number should be passed in { int count=0,ix; - for(ix=dimA;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++) + for (ix=dimA;ix<membersForAll->dimMax;ix++) { - if(membersForAll->members[ix]==NULL) + if (membersForAll->members[ix]==NULL) continue; - if(membersForAll->members[ix]->count<1) + if (membersForAll->members[ix]->count<1) continue; count++; - if(count==1) // First time set up a table + if (count==1) // First time set up a table puts("<BR><TABLE>"); - printf("<TR><TH valign=top align='right'> <B><EM>%s</EM></B>:</TH>",membersForAll->members[ix]->groupTitle); + printf("<TR><TH valign=top align='right'> <B><EM>%s</EM></B>:</TH>", + membersForAll->members[ix]->groupTitle); int aIx; - for(aIx=0;aIx<membersForAll->members[ix]->count;aIx++) + for (aIx=0;aIx<membersForAll->members[ix]->count;aIx++) { - if(membersForAll->members[ix]->tags[aIx] != NULL) + if (membersForAll->members[ix]->tags[aIx] != NULL) { assert(membersForAll->members[ix]->subtrackList[aIx]->val != NULL); printf("<TH align=left nowrap>"); char objName[SMALLBUF]; char javascript[JBUFSIZE]; boolean alreadySet=FALSE; - if(membersForAll->members[ix]->selected != NULL) + if (membersForAll->members[ix]->selected != NULL) alreadySet = membersForAll->members[ix]->selected[aIx]; - safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "%s.mat_%s_dim%c_cb",parentTdb->track,membersForAll->members[ix]->tags[aIx],membersForAll->letters[ix]); - safef(javascript,sizeof(javascript),"onclick='matCbClick(this);' class=\"matCB abc %s\"",membersForAll->members[ix]->tags[aIx]); - // TODO Set classes properly (if needed!!!) The class abc works but what about a b or c? + safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "%s.mat_%s_dim%c_cb",parentTdb->track, + membersForAll->members[ix]->tags[aIx],membersForAll->letters[ix]); + safef(javascript,sizeof(javascript), + "onclick='matCbClick(this);' class=\"matCB abc %s\"", + membersForAll->members[ix]->tags[aIx]); cgiMakeCheckBoxJS(objName,alreadySet,javascript); - printf("%s",compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb,membersForAll->members[ix]->subtrackList[aIx]->val, - membersForAll->members[ix]->groupTag,membersForAll->members[ix]->titles[aIx])); + printf("%s",compositeLabelWithVocabLink(db,parentTdb, + membersForAll->members[ix]->subtrackList[aIx]->val, + membersForAll->members[ix]->groupTag, + membersForAll->members[ix]->titles[aIx])); puts("</TH>"); } } puts("</TR>"); } - if(count>0) + if (count>0) puts("</TABLE>"); return count; } #ifdef DEBUG static void dumpDimension(members_t *dimension, char *name, FILE *f) /* Dump out information on dimension. */ { int count = dimension->count; fprintf(f, "%s: count=%d tag=%s title=%s setting=%s<BR>\n", name, count, dimension->tag, dimension->title, dimension->setting); int i; for (i=0; i<count; ++i) fprintf(f, "%s=%s ", dimension->names[i], dimension->values[i]); fprintf(f, "<BR>\n"); } #endif /* DEBUG */ static char *labelWithVocabLinkForMultiples(char *db,struct trackDb *parentTdb, members_t* members) - /* If the parentTdb has a controlledVocabulary setting and the vocabType is found, - then label will be wrapped with the link to all relevent terms. Return string is cloned. */ + // If the parentTdb has a controlledVocabulary setting and the vocabType is found, + // then label will be wrapped with the link to all relevent terms. Return string is cloned. { assert(members->subtrackList != NULL); char *vocab = cloneString(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "controlledVocabulary")); - if(vocab == NULL) + if (vocab == NULL) return cloneString(members->groupTitle); // No link wrapping! char *words[15]; int count,ix; boolean found=FALSE; - if((count = chopByWhite(vocab, words,15)) <= 1) // vocab now contains just the file name + if ((count = chopByWhite(vocab, words,15)) <= 1) // vocab now contains just the file name return cloneString(members->groupTitle); char *mdbVar = NULL; // Find mdb var to look up based upon the groupTag and cv setting - for(ix=1;ix<count && !found;ix++) + for (ix=1;ix<count && !found;ix++) { - if(sameString(members->groupTag,words[ix])) // controlledVocabulary setting matches tag so all labels are linked - { + if (sameString(members->groupTag,words[ix])) // controlledVocabulary setting matches tag + { // so all labels are linked mdbVar = members->groupTag; break; } - else if(startsWithWordByDelimiter(members->groupTag,'=',words[ix])) + else if (startsWithWordByDelimiter(members->groupTag,'=',words[ix])) { mdbVar = words[ix] + strlen(members->groupTag) + 1; break; } } - if(mdbVar == NULL) + if (mdbVar == NULL) { freeMem(vocab); return cloneString(members->groupTitle); } #define VOCAB_MULTILINK_BEG "<A HREF='hgEncodeVocab?ra=%s&%s=\"" #define VOCAB_MULTILINK_END "\"' title='Click for details of each %s' TARGET=ucscVocab>%s</A>" - struct dyString *dyLink = dyStringCreate(VOCAB_MULTILINK_BEG,vocab,(sameWord(mdbVar,"antibody")?"target":"term")); + struct dyString *dyLink = dyStringCreate(VOCAB_MULTILINK_BEG,vocab, + (sameWord(mdbVar,"antibody")?"target":"term")); // Now build the comma delimited string of mdb vals (all have same mdb var) boolean first = TRUE; - for(ix=0;ix<members->count;ix++) + for (ix=0;ix<members->count;ix++) { - if(members->subtrackList[ix] != NULL && members->subtrackList[ix]->val != NULL) + if (members->subtrackList[ix] != NULL && members->subtrackList[ix]->val != NULL) { struct trackDb *childTdb = members->subtrackList[ix]->val; (void)metadataForTable(db,childTdb,NULL); // Makes sure this has been populated const char * mdbVal = metadataFindValue(childTdb,mdbVar); // one for each is enough - if(mdbVal != NULL) + if (mdbVal != NULL) { - if(!first) + if (!first) dyStringAppendC(dyLink,','); dyStringAppend(dyLink,(char *)mdbVal); first = FALSE; } } } dyStringPrintf(dyLink,VOCAB_MULTILINK_END,members->groupTitle,members->groupTitle); freeMem(vocab); return dyStringCannibalize(&dyLink); } - static boolean compositeUiByFilter(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *formName) - /* UI for composite tracks: filter subgroups by multiselects to select subtracks. */ + static boolean compositeUiByFilter(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb, + char *formName) + // UI for composite tracks: filter subgroups by multiselects to select subtracks. { membersForAll_t* membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb,cart); - if(membersForAll == NULL || membersForAll->filters == FALSE) // Not Matrix or filters + if (membersForAll == NULL || membersForAll->filters == FALSE) // Not Matrix or filters return FALSE; - if(cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL) + if (cartOptionalString(cart, "ajax") == NULL) { webIncludeResourceFile("ui.dropdownchecklist.css"); jsIncludeFile("ui.dropdownchecklist.js",NULL); jsIncludeFile("ddcl.js",NULL); } cgiDown(0.7); printf("<B>Select subtracks %sby:</B> (select multiple %sitems - %s)<BR>\n", (membersForAll->members[dimX] != NULL || membersForAll->members[dimY] != NULL ? "further ":""), (membersForAll->dimMax == dimA?"":"categories and "),FILTERBY_HELP_LINK); printf("<TABLE><TR valign='top'>\n"); // Do All [+][-] buttons - if(membersForAll->members[dimX] == NULL && membersForAll->members[dimY] == NULL) // No matrix + if (membersForAll->members[dimX] == NULL && membersForAll->members[dimY] == NULL) // No matrix { printf("<TD align='left' width='50px'><B>All:</B><BR>"); #ifdef BUTTONS_BY_CSS // TODO: Test when a real world case actually calls this. Currently no trackDb.ra cases exist - #define BUTTON_FILTER_COMP "<span class='pmButton inOutButton' onclick='waitOnFunction(filterCompositeSet,this,%s)'>%c</span>" + #define BUTTON_FILTER_COMP "<span class='pmButton inOutButton' " \ + "onclick='waitOnFunction(filterCompositeSet,this,%s)'>%c</span>" printf(BUTTON_FILTER_COMP,"true", '+'); printf(BUTTON_FILTER_COMP,"false",'-'); #else///ifndef BUTTONS_BY_CSS - #define PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP "<input type='button' class='inOutButton' onclick=\"waitOnFunction(filterCompositeSet,this,%s); return false;\" id='btn_%s' value='%c'>" + #define PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP "<input type='button' class='inOutButton' " \ + "onclick=\"waitOnFunction(filterCompositeSet,this,%s); " \ + "return false;\" id='btn_%s' value='%c'>" printf(PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP,"true", "plus_fc",'+'); printf(PM_BUTTON_FILTER_COMP,"false","minus_fc",'-'); #endif///ndef BUTTONS_BY_CSS printf("</TD>\n"); } // Now make a filterComp box for each ABC dimension int dimIx=dimA; - for(dimIx=dimA;dimIx<membersForAll->dimMax;dimIx++) + for (dimIx=dimA;dimIx<membersForAll->dimMax;dimIx++) { - //printf("<TD align='right'><B>%s:</B></TD><TD align='left'>\n",labelWithVocabLinkForMultiples(db,parentTdb,membersForAll->members[dimIx])); - printf("<TD align='left'><B>%s:</B><BR>\n",labelWithVocabLinkForMultiples(db,parentTdb,membersForAll->members[dimIx])); + printf("<TD align='left'><B>%s:</B><BR>\n", + labelWithVocabLinkForMultiples(db,parentTdb,membersForAll->members[dimIx])); - #define FILTER_COMPOSITE_FORMAT "<SELECT id='fc%d' name='%s.filterComp.%s' %s onchange='filterCompositeSelectionChanged(this);' style='display: none; font-size:.8em;' class='filterComp'><BR>\n" - printf(FILTER_COMPOSITE_FORMAT,dimIx,parentTdb->track,membersForAll->members[dimIx]->groupTag,"multiple"); + #define FILTER_COMPOSITE_FORMAT "<SELECT id='fc%d' name='%s.filterComp.%s' %s " \ + "onchange='filterCompositeSelectionChanged(this);' " \ + "style='display: none; font-size:.8em;' " \ + "class='filterComp'><BR>\n" + printf(FILTER_COMPOSITE_FORMAT,dimIx,parentTdb->track,membersForAll->members[dimIx]->groupTag, + "multiple"); - // DO we support anything besides multi? (membersForAll->members[dimIx]->fcType == fctMulti?"multiple ":"")); - if(membersForAll->members[dimIx]->fcType != fctOneOnly) - printf("<OPTION%s>All</OPTION>\n",(sameWord("All",membersForAll->checkedTags[dimIx])?" SELECTED":"") ); + // DO we support anything besides multi? + // (membersForAll->members[dimIx]->fcType == fctMulti?"multiple ":"")); + if (membersForAll->members[dimIx]->fcType != fctOneOnly) + printf("<OPTION%s>All</OPTION>\n", + (sameWord("All",membersForAll->checkedTags[dimIx])?" SELECTED":"") ); int ix=0; - for(ix=0;ix<membersForAll->members[dimIx]->count; ix++) + for (ix=0;ix<membersForAll->members[dimIx]->count; ix++) { boolean alreadySet = membersForAll->members[dimIx]->selected[ix]; printf("<OPTION%s value=%s>%s</OPTION>\n",(alreadySet?" SELECTED":""), membersForAll->members[dimIx]->tags[ix],membersForAll->members[dimIx]->titles[ix]); } printf("</SELECT>"); - if(membersForAll->members[dimIx]->fcType == fctOneOnly) + if (membersForAll->members[dimIx]->fcType == fctOneOnly) printf(" (select only one)"); printf("</TD><TD width='20'></TD>\n"); } printf("</TR></TABLE>\n"); puts("<BR>\n"); return TRUE; } - static boolean compositeUiByMatrix(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *formName) - /* UI for composite tracks: matrix of checkboxes. */ + static boolean compositeUiByMatrix(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb, + char *formName) + // UI for composite tracks: matrix of checkboxes. { //int ix; char objName[SMALLBUF]; membersForAll_t* membersForAll = membersForAllSubGroupsGet(parentTdb,cart); - if(membersForAll == NULL || membersForAll->dimensions == NULL) // Not Matrix! + if (membersForAll == NULL || membersForAll->dimensions == NULL) // Not Matrix! return FALSE; int ixX,ixY; members_t *dimensionX = membersForAll->members[dimX]; members_t *dimensionY = membersForAll->members[dimY]; // use array of char determine all the cells (in X,Y,Z dimensions) that are actually populated char *value; int sizeOfX = dimensionX?dimensionX->count:1; int sizeOfY = dimensionY?dimensionY->count:1; int cells[sizeOfX][sizeOfY]; // There needs to be atleast one element in dimension int chked[sizeOfX][sizeOfY]; // How many subCBs are checked per matCB? int enabd[sizeOfX][sizeOfY]; // How many subCBs are enabled per matCB? memset(cells, 0, sizeof(cells)); memset(chked, 0, sizeof(chked)); memset(enabd, 0, sizeof(chked)); - struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks); + struct slRef *subtrackRef, *subtrackRefList = + trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks); struct trackDb *subtrack; if (dimensionX || dimensionY) // Must be an X or Y dimension { // Fill the cells based upon subtrack membership for (subtrackRef = subtrackRefList; subtrackRef != NULL; subtrackRef = subtrackRef->next) { subtrack = subtrackRef->val; ixX = (dimensionX ? -1 : 0 ); ixY = (dimensionY ? -1 : 0 ); - if(dimensionX && subgroupFind(subtrack,dimensionX->groupTag,&value)) + if (dimensionX && subgroupFind(subtrack,dimensionX->groupTag,&value)) { ixX = stringArrayIx(value,dimensionX->tags,dimensionX->count); subgroupFree(&value); } - if(dimensionY && subgroupFind(subtrack,dimensionY->groupTag,&value)) + if (dimensionY && subgroupFind(subtrack,dimensionY->groupTag,&value)) { ixY = stringArrayIx(value,dimensionY->tags,dimensionY->count); subgroupFree(&value); } - if(ixX > -1 && ixY > -1) + if (ixX > -1 && ixY > -1) { cells[ixX][ixY]++; int fourState = subtrackFourStateChecked(subtrack,cart); - if(fourStateEnabled(fourState)) // hidden views are handled by 4-way CBs: only count enabled + // hidden views are handled by 4-way CBs: only count enabled + if (fourStateEnabled(fourState)) { - if(subtrackInAllCurrentABCs(subtrack,membersForAll)) // Only bother if the subtrack is found in all ABC dims checked + // Only bother if the subtrack is found in all ABC dims checked + if (subtrackInAllCurrentABCs(subtrack,membersForAll)) { enabd[ixX][ixY]++; - if(fourStateChecked(fourState) == 1) + if (fourStateChecked(fourState) == 1) chked[ixX][ixY]++; } } } } } // If there is no matrix and if there is a filterComposite, then were are done. - if(dimensionX == NULL && dimensionY == NULL) + if (dimensionX == NULL && dimensionY == NULL) { if (compositeUiByFilter(db, cart, parentTdb, formName)) return FALSE; } // Tell the user what to do: char javascript[JBUFSIZE]; //puts("<B>Select subtracks by characterization:</B><BR>"); printf("<B>Select subtracks by "); - if(dimensionX && !dimensionY) + if (dimensionX && !dimensionY) safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "%s:</B>",dimensionX->groupTitle); - else if(!dimensionX && dimensionY) + else if (!dimensionX && dimensionY) safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "%s:</B>",dimensionY->groupTitle); - else if(dimensionX && dimensionY) - safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "%s and %s:</B>",dimensionX->groupTitle,dimensionY->groupTitle); + else if (dimensionX && dimensionY) + safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "%s and %s:</B>", + dimensionX->groupTitle,dimensionY->groupTitle); else safef(javascript, sizeof(javascript), "multiple variables:</B>"); puts(strLower(javascript)); - if(!subgroupingExists(parentTdb,"view")) - puts("(<A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/multiView.html\" title='Help on subtrack selection' TARGET=_BLANK>help</A>)\n"); + if (!subgroupingExists(parentTdb,"view")) + puts("(<A HREF=\"../goldenPath/help/multiView.html\" title='Help on subtrack selection' " + "TARGET=_BLANK>help</A>)\n"); puts("<BR>\n"); - if(membersForAll->abcCount > 0 && membersForAll->filters == FALSE) + if (membersForAll->abcCount > 0 && membersForAll->filters == FALSE) { displayABCdimensions(db,cart,parentTdb,subtrackRefList,membersForAll); } - if(dimensionX == NULL && dimensionY == NULL) // Could have been just filterComposite. Must be an X or Y dimension + // Could have been just filterComposite. Must be an X or Y dimension + if (dimensionX == NULL && dimensionY == NULL) return FALSE; - printf("<TABLE class='greenBox matrix' cellspacing=0 style='background-color:%s;'>\n",COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT); + printf("<TABLE class='greenBox matrix' cellspacing=0 style='background-color:%s;'>\n", + COLOR_BG_ALTDEFAULT); (void)matrixXheadings(db,parentTdb,membersForAll,TRUE); // Now the Y by X matrix int cntX=0,cntY=0; for (ixY = 0; ixY < sizeOfY; ixY++) { - if(dimensionY == NULL || (dimensionY->tags[ixY])) + if (dimensionY == NULL || (dimensionY->tags[ixY])) { cntY++; assert(!dimensionY || ixY < dimensionY->count); printf("<TR ALIGN=CENTER>"); matrixYheadings(db,parentTdb, membersForAll,ixY,TRUE); #define MAT_CB_SETUP "<INPUT TYPE=CHECKBOX NAME='%s' VALUE=on %s>" #define MAT_CB(name,js) printf(MAT_CB_SETUP,(name),(js)); for (ixX = 0; ixX < sizeOfX; ixX++) { - if(dimensionX == NULL || (dimensionX->tags[ixX])) + if (dimensionX == NULL || (dimensionX->tags[ixX])) { assert(!dimensionX || ixX < dimensionX->count); - if(cntY==1) // Only do this on the first good Y + if (cntY==1) // Only do this on the first good Y cntX++; - if(dimensionX && ixX == dimensionX->count) + if (dimensionX && ixX == dimensionX->count) break; char *ttlX = NULL; char *ttlY = NULL; - if(dimensionX) + if (dimensionX) { ttlX = cloneString(dimensionX->titles[ixX]); stripString(ttlX,"<i>"); stripString(ttlX,"</i>"); } - if(dimensionY != NULL) + if (dimensionY != NULL) { ttlY = cloneString(dimensionY->titles[ixY]); stripString(ttlY,"<i>"); stripString(ttlY,"</i>"); } - if(cells[ixX][ixY] > 0) + if (cells[ixX][ixY] > 0) { - boolean halfChecked = (chked[ixX][ixY] > 0 && chked[ixX][ixY] < enabd[ixX][ixY]); + boolean halfChecked = ( chked[ixX][ixY] > 0 + && chked[ixX][ixY] < enabd[ixX][ixY]); struct dyString *dyJS = dyStringCreate("onclick='matCbClick(this);'"); - if(dimensionX && dimensionY) + if (dimensionX && dimensionY) { - safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "mat_%s_%s_cb", dimensionX->tags[ixX],dimensionY->tags[ixY]); + safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "mat_%s_%s_cb", + dimensionX->tags[ixX],dimensionY->tags[ixY]); } else { - safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "mat_%s_cb", (dimensionX ? dimensionX->tags[ixX] : dimensionY->tags[ixY])); + safef(objName, sizeof(objName), "mat_%s_cb", + (dimensionX ? dimensionX->tags[ixX] : dimensionY->tags[ixY])); } - if(ttlX && ttlY) - printf("<TD class='matCell %s %s'>\n",dimensionX->tags[ixX],dimensionY->tags[ixY]); + if (ttlX && ttlY) + printf("<TD class='matCell %s %s'>\n", + dimensionX->tags[ixX],dimensionY->tags[ixY]); else - printf("<TD class='matCell %s'>\n", (dimensionX ? dimensionX->tags[ixX] : dimensionY->tags[ixY])); + printf("<TD class='matCell %s'>\n", + (dimensionX ? dimensionX->tags[ixX] : dimensionY->tags[ixY])); dyStringPrintf(dyJS, " class=\"matCB"); - if(halfChecked) - dyStringPrintf(dyJS, " disabled"); // appears disabled but still clickable! - if(dimensionX) + if (halfChecked) + dyStringPrintf(dyJS, " disabled"); // appears disabled but still clickable! + if (dimensionX) dyStringPrintf(dyJS, " %s",dimensionX->tags[ixX]); - if(dimensionY) + if (dimensionY) dyStringPrintf(dyJS, " %s",dimensionY->tags[ixY]); dyStringAppendC(dyJS,'"'); - if(chked[ixX][ixY] > 0) + if (chked[ixX][ixY] > 0) dyStringAppend(dyJS," CHECKED"); - if(halfChecked) - dyStringAppend(dyJS," title='Not all associated subtracks have been selected'"); + if (halfChecked) + dyStringAppend(dyJS," title='Not all associated subtracks have been" + " selected'"); - MAT_CB(objName,dyStringCannibalize(&dyJS)); // X&Y are set by javascript page load + MAT_CB(objName,dyStringCannibalize(&dyJS)); // X&Y are set by javascript puts("</TD>"); } else { - if(ttlX && ttlY) - printf("<TD class='matCell %s %s'></TD>\n",dimensionX->tags[ixX],dimensionY->tags[ixY]); + if (ttlX && ttlY) + printf("<TD class='matCell %s %s'></TD>\n", + dimensionX->tags[ixX],dimensionY->tags[ixY]); else - printf("<TD class='matCell %s'></TD>\n", (dimensionX ? dimensionX->tags[ixX] : dimensionY->tags[ixY])); + printf("<TD class='matCell %s'></TD>\n", + (dimensionX ? dimensionX->tags[ixX] : dimensionY->tags[ixY])); } } } - if(dimensionX && cntX>MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER) + if (dimensionX && cntX>MATRIX_RIGHT_BUTTONS_AFTER) matrixYheadings(db,parentTdb, membersForAll,ixY,FALSE); puts("</TR>\n"); } } - if(dimensionY && cntY>MATRIX_BOTTOM_BUTTONS_AFTER) + if (dimensionY && cntY>MATRIX_BOTTOM_BUTTONS_AFTER) matrixXheadings(db,parentTdb,membersForAll,FALSE); puts("</TD></TR></TABLE>"); // If any filter additional filter composites, they can be added at the end. compositeUiByFilter(db, cart, parentTdb, formName); return TRUE; } - static boolean compositeUiAllButtons(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb, char *formName) - /* UI for composite tracks: all/none buttons only (as opposed to matrix or lots of buttons */ + static boolean compositeUiAllButtons(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb, + char *formName) + // UI for composite tracks: all/none buttons only (as opposed to matrix or lots of buttons { if (trackDbCountDescendantLeaves(parentTdb) <= 1) return FALSE; - if(dimensionsExist(parentTdb)) + if (dimensionsExist(parentTdb)) return FALSE; #ifdef BUTTONS_BY_CSS #define BUTTON_ALL "<span class='pmButton' onclick='matSubCBsCheck(%s)'>%c</span>" #define BUTTON_PLUS_ALL_GLOBAL() printf(BUTTON_ALL,"true", '+') #define BUTTON_MINUS_ALL_GLOBAL() printf(BUTTON_ALL,"false",'-') #else///ifndef BUTTONS_BY_CSS - #define PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL "<IMG height=18 width=18 onclick=\"matSubCBsCheck(%s);\" id='btn_%s' src='../images/%s'>" + #define PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL "<IMG height=18 width=18 onclick=\"matSubCBsCheck(%s);\" " \ + "id='btn_%s' src='../images/%s'>" #define BUTTON_PLUS_ALL_GLOBAL() printf(PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL,"true", "plus_all", "add_sm.gif") #define BUTTON_MINUS_ALL_GLOBAL() printf(PM_BUTTON_GLOBAL,"false","minus_all","remove_sm.gif") #endif///ndef BUTTONS_BY_CSS BUTTON_PLUS_ALL_GLOBAL(); BUTTON_MINUS_ALL_GLOBAL(); puts(" <B>Select all subtracks</B><BR>"); return TRUE; } static boolean compositeUiNoMatrix(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *parentTdb, - char *primarySubtrack, char *formName) - /* UI for composite tracks: subtrack selection. This is the default UI - without matrix controls. */ + char *formName) + // UI for composite tracks: subtrack selection. This is the default UI + // without matrix controls. { int i, j, k; char *words[SMALLBUF]; char option[SMALLBUF]; int wordCnt; - #ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - char javascript[JBUFSIZE]; - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG - char *primaryType = getPrimaryType(primarySubtrack, parentTdb); char *name, *value; char buttonVar[32]; char setting[] = "subGroupN"; char *button; struct trackDb *subtrack; bool hasSubgroups = (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, "subGroup1") != NULL); - if(dimensionsExist(parentTdb)) + if (dimensionsExist(parentTdb)) return FALSE; - puts ("<TABLE>"); + puts("<TABLE>"); if (hasSubgroups) { puts("<TR><B>Select subtracks:</B></TR>"); - puts("<TR><TD><B><EM> All</EM></B> </TD><TD>"); + puts("<TR><TD><B><EM> All</EM></B> " + " </TD><TD>"); } else { puts("<TR><TD><B>All subtracks:</B></TD><TD>"); } safef(buttonVar, sizeof buttonVar, "%s", "button_all"); if (formName) { - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG makeAddClearButtonPair(NULL,"</TD><TD>"); // NULL means all - #else///ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - cgiMakeHiddenVar(buttonVar, ""); - makeAddClearSubmitTweak(javascript, formName, buttonVar, - ADD_BUTTON_LABEL); - cgiMakeOnClickButton(javascript, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL); - puts("</TD><TD>"); - makeAddClearSubmitTweak(javascript, formName, buttonVar, - CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL); - cgiMakeOnClickButton(javascript, CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL); - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG } else { cgiMakeButton(buttonVar, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL); puts("</TD><TD>"); cgiMakeButton(buttonVar, CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL); } button = cgiOptionalString(buttonVar); if (isNotEmpty(button)) { struct slRef *tdbRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks); struct slRef *tdbRef; for (tdbRef = tdbRefList; tdbRef != NULL; tdbRef = tdbRef->next) { subtrack = tdbRef->val; boolean newVal = FALSE; safef(option, sizeof(option), "%s_sel", subtrack->track); newVal = sameString(button, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL); - if (primarySubtrack) - { - if (sameString(subtrack->track, primarySubtrack)) - newVal = TRUE; - if (hSameTrackDbType(primaryType, subtrack->type)) - cartSetBoolean(cart, option, newVal); - } - else - cartSetBoolean(cart, option, newVal); + cartSetBoolean(cart, option, newVal); } } puts("</TD></TR>"); - puts ("</TABLE>"); - /* generate set & clear buttons for subgroups */ + puts("</TABLE>"); + // generate set & clear buttons for subgroups for (i = 0; i < MAX_SUBGROUP; i++) { char *subGroup; safef(setting, sizeof setting, "subGroup%d", i+1); if (trackDbSetting(parentTdb, setting) == NULL) break; wordCnt = chopLine(cloneString(trackDbSetting(parentTdb, setting)), words); if (wordCnt < 2) continue; subGroup = cloneString(words[0]); - if(sameWord(subGroup,"view")) + if (sameWord(subGroup,"view")) continue; // Multi-view should have taken care of "view" subgroup already - puts ("<TABLE>"); + puts("<TABLE>"); printf("<TR><TD><B><EM> %s</EM></B></TD></TR>", words[1]); for (j = 2; j < wordCnt; j++) { if (!parseAssignment(words[j], &name, &value)) continue; printf("<TR><TD> %s</TD><TD>", - value); + value); safef(buttonVar, sizeof buttonVar, "%s_%s", subGroup, name); if (formName) { - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG makeAddClearButtonPair(name,"</TD><TD>"); - #else///ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - cgiMakeHiddenVar(buttonVar, ""); - makeAddClearSubmitTweak(javascript, formName, buttonVar, - ADD_BUTTON_LABEL); - cgiMakeOnClickButton(javascript, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL); - puts("</TD><TD>"); - makeAddClearSubmitTweak(javascript, formName, buttonVar, - CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL); - cgiMakeOnClickButton(javascript, CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL); - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG } else { cgiMakeButton(buttonVar, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL); puts("</TD><TD>"); cgiMakeButton(buttonVar, CLEAR_BUTTON_LABEL); } puts("</TD></TR>"); button = cgiOptionalString(buttonVar); if (isEmpty(button)) continue; struct slRef *tdbRefList = trackDbListGetRefsToDescendantLeaves(parentTdb->subtracks); struct slRef *tdbRef; for (tdbRef = tdbRefList; tdbRef != NULL; tdbRef = tdbRef->next) { subtrack = tdbRef->val; char *p; int n; if ((p = trackDbSetting(subtrack, "subGroups")) == NULL) continue; n = chopLine(cloneString(p), words); for (k = 0; k < n; k++) { char *subName, *subValue; if (!parseAssignment(words[k], &subName, &subValue)) continue; if (sameString(subName, subGroup) && sameString(subValue, name)) { boolean newVal = FALSE; safef(option, sizeof(option),"%s_sel", subtrack->track); newVal = sameString(button, ADD_BUTTON_LABEL); - if (primarySubtrack) - { - if (sameString(subtrack->track, primarySubtrack)) - newVal = TRUE; - if (hSameTrackDbType(primaryType, subtrack->type)) - cartSetBoolean(cart, option, newVal); - } - else - cartSetBoolean(cart, option, newVal); + cartSetBoolean(cart, option, newVal); } } } } - puts ("</TABLE>"); + puts("</TABLE>"); } - return TRUE; + return TRUE; } void hCompositeUi(char *db, struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, - char *primarySubtrack, char *fakeSubmit, char *formName) - /* UI for composite tracks: subtrack selection. If primarySubtrack is - * non-NULL, don't allow it to be cleared and only offer subtracks - * that have the same type. If fakeSubmit is non-NULL, add a hidden - * var with that name so it looks like it was pressed. */ + char *primarySubtrack, char *fakeSubmit, char *formName) + // UI for composite tracks: subtrack selection. If primarySubtrack is + // non-NULL, don't allow it to be cleared and only offer subtracks + // that have the same type. If fakeSubmit is non-NULL, add a hidden + // var with that name so it looks like it was pressed. { bool hasSubgroups = (trackDbSetting(tdb, "subGroup1") != NULL); boolean isMatrix = dimensionsExist(tdb); boolean viewsOnly = FALSE; if (primarySubtrack == NULL && !cartVarExists(cart, "ajax")) { - if(trackDbSetting(tdb, "dragAndDrop") != NULL) + if (trackDbSetting(tdb, "dragAndDrop") != NULL) jsIncludeFile("jquery.tablednd.js", NULL); jsIncludeFile("ajax.js",NULL); jsIncludeFile("hui.js",NULL); - #ifdef SUBTRACK_CFG jsIncludeFile("subCfg.js",NULL); - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG } cgiDown(0.7); if (trackDbCountDescendantLeaves(tdb) < MANY_SUBTRACKS && !hasSubgroups) { - if(primarySubtrack) + if (primarySubtrack) compositeUiSubtracksMatchingPrimary(db, cart, tdb,primarySubtrack); else compositeUiSubtracks(db, cart, tdb); return; } if (fakeSubmit) cgiMakeHiddenVar(fakeSubmit, "submit"); - if(primarySubtrack == NULL) + if (primarySubtrack == NULL) { - if(subgroupingExists(tdb,"view")) + if (subgroupingExists(tdb,"view")) { hCompositeDisplayViewDropDowns(db, cart,tdb); - if(subgroupCount(tdb) <= 1) + if (subgroupCount(tdb) <= 1) viewsOnly = TRUE; } - if(!viewsOnly) + if (!viewsOnly) { cgiDown(0.7); - if(trackDbSettingOn(tdb, "allButtonPair")) + if (trackDbSettingOn(tdb, "allButtonPair")) { compositeUiAllButtons(db, cart, tdb, formName); } - else if (!hasSubgroups || !isMatrix || primarySubtrack) + else if (!hasSubgroups || !isMatrix) { - compositeUiNoMatrix(db, cart,tdb,primarySubtrack,formName); + compositeUiNoMatrix(db, cart, tdb, formName); } else { compositeUiByMatrix(db, cart, tdb, formName); } } } cartSaveSession(cart); cgiContinueHiddenVar("g"); - if(primarySubtrack) + if (primarySubtrack) compositeUiSubtracksMatchingPrimary(db, cart, tdb,primarySubtrack); else compositeUiSubtracks(db, cart, tdb); if (primarySubtrack == NULL) // primarySubtrack is set for tableBrowser but not hgTrackUi { if (trackDbCountDescendantLeaves(tdb) > 5) { cgiDown(0.7); cgiMakeButton("Submit", "Submit"); } } } boolean superTrackDropDownWithExtra(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, - int visibleChild,char *extra) - /* Displays hide/show dropdown for supertrack. - * Set visibleChild to indicate whether 'show' should be grayed - * out to indicate that no supertrack members are visible: - * 0 to gray out (no visible children) - * 1 don't gray out (there are visible children) - * -1 don't know (this function should determine) - * If -1,i the subtracks field must be populated with the child trackDbs. - * Returns false if not a supertrack */ + int visibleChild,char *extra) + // Displays hide/show dropdown for supertrack. + // Set visibleChild to indicate whether 'show' should be grayed + // out to indicate that no supertrack members are visible: + // 0 to gray out (no visible children) + // 1 don't gray out (there are visible children) + // -1 don't know (this function should determine) + // If -1,i the subtracks field must be populated with the child trackDbs. + // Returns false if not a supertrack { if (!tdbIsSuperTrack(tdb)) return FALSE; - /* determine if supertrack is show/hide */ + // determine if supertrack is show/hide boolean show = FALSE; char *setting = cartUsualString(cart, tdb->track, tdb->isShow ? "show" : "hide"); if (sameString("show", setting)) show = TRUE; - /* Determine if any tracks in supertrack are visible; if not, - * the 'show' is grayed out */ + // Determine if any tracks in supertrack are visible; if not, the 'show' is grayed out if (show && (visibleChild == -1)) { visibleChild = 0; struct slRef *childRef; for ( childRef = tdb->children; childRef != NULL; childRef = childRef->next) { struct trackDb *cTdb = childRef->val; cTdb->visibility = hTvFromString(cartUsualString(cart, cTdb->track, hStringFromTv(cTdb->visibility))); if (cTdb->visibility != tvHide) visibleChild = 1; } } hideShowDropDownWithClassAndExtra(tdb->track, show, (show && visibleChild) ? - "normalText visDD" : "hiddenText visDD",extra); + "normalText visDD" : "hiddenText visDD",extra); return TRUE; } int tvConvertToNumericOrder(enum trackVisibility v) { return ((v) == tvFull ? 4 : \ (v) == tvPack ? 3 : \ (v) == tvSquish ? 2 : \ (v) == tvDense ? 1 : 0); } + int tvCompare(enum trackVisibility a, enum trackVisibility b) /* enum trackVis isn't in numeric order by visibility, so compare * symbolically: */ { return (tvConvertToNumericOrder(b) - tvConvertToNumericOrder(a)); } enum trackVisibility tvMin(enum trackVisibility a, enum trackVisibility b) /* Return the less visible of a and b. */ { if (tvCompare(a, b) >= 0) return a; else return b; } - enum trackVisibility tdbLocalVisibility(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb,boolean *subtrackOverride) - // returns visibility NOT limited by ancestry. Fills optional boolean if subtrack specific vis is found - // If not NULL cart will be examined without ClosestToHome. Folders/supertracks resolve to hide/full + enum trackVisibility tdbLocalVisibility(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, + boolean *subtrackOverride) + // returns visibility NOT limited by ancestry. + // Fills optional boolean if subtrack specific vis is found + // If not NULL cart will be examined without ClosestToHome. + // Folders/supertracks resolve to hide/full { if (subtrackOverride != NULL) - *subtrackOverride = FALSE; // default + *subtrackOverride = FALSE; // default // tdb->visibility should reflect local trackDb setting enum trackVisibility vis = tdb->visibility; if (tdbIsSuperTrack(tdb)) vis = (tdb->isShow ? tvFull : tvHide); if (cart != NULL) // cart is optional { - char *cartVis = NULL; - #ifndef SUBTRACK_CFG - if (tdbIsCompositeView(tdb)) - { - char *view = trackDbLocalSetting(tdb,"view"); // views have funky cart setting - assert(view != NULL); - char setting[512]; - safef(setting,sizeof(setting),"%s.%s.vis",tdb->parent->track,view); - cartVis = cartOptionalString(cart, setting); - } - else - #endif///ndef SUBTRACK_CFG - cartVis = cartOptionalString(cart, tdb->track); + char *cartVis = cartOptionalString(cart, tdb->track); if (cartVis != NULL) { vis = hTvFromString(cartVis); if (subtrackOverride != NULL && tdbIsContainerChild(tdb)) *subtrackOverride = TRUE; } } return vis; } - enum trackVisibility tdbVisLimitedByAncestors(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, boolean checkBoxToo, boolean foldersToo) - // returns visibility limited by ancestry. This includes subtrack vis override and parents limit maximum. + enum trackVisibility tdbVisLimitedByAncestors(struct cart *cart, struct trackDb *tdb, + boolean checkBoxToo, boolean foldersToo) + // returns visibility limited by ancestry. + // This includes subtrack vis override and parents limit maximum. // cart may be null, in which case, only trackDb settings (default state) are examined // checkBoxToo means ensure subtrack checkbox state is visible // foldersToo means limit by folders (aka superTracks) as well. { boolean subtrackOverride = FALSE; enum trackVisibility vis = tdbLocalVisibility(cart,tdb,&subtrackOverride); if (tdbIsContainerChild(tdb)) { // subtracks without explicit (cart) vis but are selected, should get inherited vis if (!subtrackOverride) vis = tvFull; // subtracks with checkbox that says no, are stopped cold if (checkBoxToo && !fourStateVisible(subtrackFourStateChecked(tdb,cart))) vis = tvHide; // Checkbox says no } if (subtrackOverride) return vis; - - if (vis == tvHide || tdb->parent == NULL || (!foldersToo && tdbIsFolder(tdb->parent))) // aka superTrack + // aka superTrack + if (vis == tvHide || tdb->parent == NULL || (!foldersToo && tdbIsFolder(tdb->parent))) return vis; // end of line return tvMin(vis,tdbVisLimitedByAncestors(cart,tdb->parent,checkBoxToo,foldersToo)); } char *compositeViewControlNameFromTdb(struct trackDb *tdb) - /* Returns a string with the composite view control name if one exists */ + // Returns a string with the composite view control name if one exists { char *stView = NULL; char *name = NULL; char *rootName = NULL; - // This routine should give these results: compositeName.viewName or else subtrackName.viewName or else compositeName or else subtrackName - if(tdbIsCompositeChild(tdb) == TRUE && trackDbLocalSetting(tdb, "parent") != NULL) + // This routine should give these results: compositeName.viewName or else subtrackName.viewName + // or else compositeName or else subtrackName + if (tdbIsCompositeChild(tdb) == TRUE && trackDbLocalSetting(tdb, "parent") != NULL) { - if(trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, "configurable")) + if (trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOn(tdb, "configurable")) rootName = tdb->track; // subtrackName else - rootName = firstWordInLine(cloneString(trackDbLocalSetting(tdb, "parent"))); // compositeName + rootName = firstWordInLine(cloneString(trackDbLocalSetting(tdb, "parent"))); } - if(rootName != NULL) + if (rootName != NULL) { - if(subgroupFind(tdb,"view",&stView)) + if (subgroupFind(tdb,"view",&stView)) { int len = strlen(rootName) + strlen(stView) + 3; name = needMem(len); safef(name,len,"%s.%s",rootName,stView); subgroupFree(&stView); } else name = cloneString(rootName); } else name = cloneString(tdb->track); return name; } void compositeViewControlNameFree(char **name) - /* frees a string allocated by compositeViewControlNameFromTdb */ + // frees a string allocated by compositeViewControlNameFromTdb { - if(name && *name) + if (name && *name) freez(name); } boolean isNameAtParentLevel(struct trackDb *tdb,char *name) // cfgUi controls are passed a prefix name that may be at the composite, view or subtrack level // returns TRUE if name at view or composite level { struct trackDb *parent; for (parent = tdb->parent; parent != NULL; parent = parent->parent) if (startsWithWordByDelimiter(parent->track, '.', name)) return TRUE; return FALSE; } boolean chainDbNormScoreAvailable(struct trackDb *tdb) - /* check if normScore column is specified in trackDb as available */ + /* check if normScore column is specified in trackDb as available */ { boolean normScoreAvailable = FALSE; char * normScoreTest = trackDbSettingClosestToHomeOrDefault(tdb, "chainNormScoreAvailable", "no"); if (differentWord(normScoreTest, "no")) normScoreAvailable = TRUE; return normScoreAvailable; } void hPrintAbbreviationTable(struct sqlConnection *conn, char *sourceTable, char *label) /* Print out table of abbreviations. */ { char query[256]; safef(query, sizeof(query), "select name,description from %s order by name", sourceTable); struct sqlResult *sr = sqlGetResult(conn, query); webPrintLinkTableStart(); webPrintLabelCell("Symbol"); webPrintLabelCell(label); char **row; while ((row = sqlNextRow(sr)) != NULL) { printf("</TR><TR>\n"); char *name = row[0]; char *description = row[1]; webPrintLinkCell(name); webPrintLinkCell(description); } sqlFreeResult(&sr); webPrintLinkTableEnd(); } boolean printPennantIconNote(struct trackDb *tdb) // Returns TRUE and prints out the "pennantIcon" and note when found. //This is used by hgTrackUi and hgc before printing out trackDb "html" { char * setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, "pennantIcon"); if (setting != NULL) { setting = cloneString(setting); char *icon = htmlEncodeText(nextWord(&setting),FALSE); char *url = nextWord(&setting); char *hint = htmlEncodeText(stripEnclosingDoubleQuotes(setting),FALSE); if (strlen(url) > 0) { - printf("<P><a title='%s' href='%s' TARGET=ucscHelp><img height='16' width='16' src='../images/%s'></a>",hint,url,icon); + printf("<P><a title='%s' href='%s' TARGET=ucscHelp><img height='16' width='16' " + "src='../images/%s'></a>",hint,url,icon); // Special case for liftOver from hg17 or hg18, but this should probably be generalized. if (sameString(icon,"18.jpg") && startsWithWord("lifted",hint)) - printf(" Note: these data have been converted via liftOver from the Mar. 2006 (NCBI36/hg18) version of the track."); + printf(" Note: these data have been converted via liftOver from the Mar. 2006 " + "(NCBI36/hg18) version of the track."); else if (sameString(icon,"17.jpg") && startsWithWord("lifted",hint)) - printf(" Note: these data have been converted via liftOver from the May 2004 (NCBI35/hg17) version of the track."); + printf(" Note: these data have been converted via liftOver from the May 2004 " + "(NCBI35/hg17) version of the track."); else if (strlen(hint) > 0) printf(" Note: %s.",hint); printf("</P>\n"); } else printf("<img height='16' width='16' src='%s'>\n",icon); return TRUE; } return FALSE; } boolean hPrintPennantIcon(struct trackDb *tdb) - // Returns TRUE and prints out the "pennantIcon" when found. Example: ENCODE tracks in hgTracks config list. + // Returns TRUE and prints out the "pennantIcon" when found. + // Example: ENCODE tracks in hgTracks config list. { char *setting = trackDbSetting(tdb, "pennantIcon"); - if(setting != NULL) + if (setting != NULL) { setting = cloneString(setting); char *icon = htmlEncodeText(nextWord(&setting),FALSE); if (setting) { char *url = nextWord(&setting); if (setting) { char *hint = htmlEncodeText(stripEnclosingDoubleQuotes(setting),FALSE); - hPrintf("<a title='%s' href='%s' TARGET=ucscHelp><img height='16' width='16' src='../images/%s'></a>\n",hint,url,icon); + hPrintf("<a title='%s' href='%s' TARGET=ucscHelp><img height='16' width='16' " + "src='../images/%s'></a>\n",hint,url,icon); freeMem(hint); } else - hPrintf("<a href='%s' TARGET=ucscHelp><img height='16' width='16' src='../images/%s'></a>\n",url,icon); + hPrintf("<a href='%s' TARGET=ucscHelp><img height='16' width='16' " + "src='../images/%s'></a>\n",url,icon); } else hPrintf("<img height='16' width='16' src='%s'>\n",icon); freeMem(icon); return TRUE; } - else if(trackDbSetting(tdb, "wgEncode") != NULL) + else if (trackDbSetting(tdb, "wgEncode") != NULL) { - hPrintf("<a title='encode project' href='../ENCODE'><img height='16' width='16' src='../images/encodeThumbnail.jpg'></a>\n"); + hPrintf("<a title='encode project' href='../ENCODE'><img height='16' width='16' " + "src='../images/encodeThumbnail.jpg'></a>\n"); return TRUE; } return FALSE; } void printUpdateTime(char *database, struct trackDb *tdb, struct customTrack *ct) /* display table update time */ { /* have not decided what to do for a composite container */ if (tdbIsComposite(tdb)) return; struct sqlConnection *conn = NULL; char *tableName = NULL; if (isCustomTrack(tdb->track)) { if (ct) { conn = hAllocConn(CUSTOM_TRASH); tableName = ct->dbTableName; } } else if (startsWith("big", tdb->type)) { char *tableName = hTableForTrack(database, tdb->table); struct sqlConnection *conn = hAllocConnTrack(database, tdb); char *bbiFileName = bbiNameFromSettingOrTable(tdb, conn, tableName); hFreeConn(&conn); struct bbiFile *bbi = NULL; if (startsWith("bigBed", tdb->type)) bbi = bigBedFileOpen(bbiFileName); if (startsWith("bigWig", tdb->type)) bbi = bigWigFileOpen(bbiFileName); time_t timep = 0; if (bbi) { timep = bbiUpdateTime(bbi); bbiFileClose(&bbi); } printBbiUpdateTime(&timep); } else { tableName = hTableForTrack(database, tdb->table); conn = hAllocConnTrack(database, tdb); } if (tableName) { char *date = firstWordInLine(sqlTableUpdate(conn, tableName)); if (date != NULL) printf("<B>Data last updated: </B>%s<BR>\n", date); } hFreeConn(&conn); } void printBbiUpdateTime(time_t *timep) /* for bbi files, print out the timep value */ { printf ("<B>Data last updated: </B>%s<BR>\n", - sqlUnixTimeToDate(timep, FALSE)); + sqlUnixTimeToDate(timep, FALSE)); } #ifdef EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT static struct extraField *asFieldsGet(char *db, struct trackDb *tdb) // returns the as style fields from a table or remote data file { struct extraField *asFields = NULL; struct sqlConnection *conn = hAllocConnTrack(db, tdb); struct asObject *as = asForTdb(conn, tdb); hFreeConn(&conn); if (as != NULL) { struct asColumn *asCol = as->columnList; for (;asCol != NULL; asCol = asCol->next) { struct extraField *asField = NULL; AllocVar(asField); asField->name = cloneString(asCol->name); if (asCol->comment != NULL && strlen(asCol->comment) > 0) asField->label = cloneString(asCol->comment); else asField->label = cloneString(asField->name); asField->type = ftString; // default if (asTypesIsInt(asCol->lowType->type)) asField->type = ftInteger; else if (asTypesIsFloating(asCol->lowType->type)) asField->type = ftFloat; slAddHead(&asFields,asField); } if (asFields != NULL) slReverse(&asFields); asObjectFree(&as); } return asFields; } struct extraField *extraFieldsGet(char *db, struct trackDb *tdb) // returns any extraFields defined in trackDb { char *fields = trackDbSetting(tdb, "extraFields"); // showFileds pValue=P_Value qValue=qValue if (fields == NULL) return asFieldsGet(db, tdb); char *field = NULL; struct extraField *extras = NULL; struct extraField *extra = NULL; - while(NULL != (field = cloneNextWord(&fields))) + while (NULL != (field = cloneNextWord(&fields))) { AllocVar(extra); extra->name = field; extra->label = field; // defaults to name char *equal = strchr(field,'='); if (equal != NULL) { *equal = '\0'; extra->label = equal + 1; assert(*(extra->label)!='\0'); } extra->type = ftString; if (*(extra->label) == '[') { if (startsWith("[i",extra->label)) extra->type = ftInteger; else if (startsWith("[f",extra->label)) extra->type = ftFloat; extra->label = strchr(extra->label,']'); assert(extra->label != NULL); extra->label += 1; } // clone independently of 'field' and swap in blanks extra->label = cloneString(strSwapChar(extra->label,'_',' ')); slAddHead(&extras,extra); } if (extras != NULL) slReverse(&extras); return extras; } struct extraField *extraFieldsFind(struct extraField *extras, char *name) // returns the extraField matching the name (case insensitive). Note: slNameFind does NOT work. { struct extraField *extra = extras; for (; extra != NULL; extra = extra->next) { if (sameWord(name, extra->name)) break; } return extra; } void extraFieldsFree(struct extraField **pExtras) // frees all mem for extraFields list { if (pExtras != NULL) { struct extraField *extra = NULL; - while(NULL != (extra = slPopHead(pExtras))) + while (NULL != (extra = slPopHead(pExtras))) { freeMem(extra->name); freeMem(extra->label); freeMem(extra); } *pExtras = NULL; } } #endif///def EXTRA_FIELDS_SUPPORT static struct asObject *asForTdbOrDie(struct sqlConnection *conn, struct trackDb *tdb) // Get autoSQL description if any associated with tdb. // Abort if there's a problem { struct asObject *asObj = NULL; if (tdbIsBigBed(tdb)) { char *fileName = tdbBigFileName(conn, tdb); asObj = bigBedFileAsObjOrDefault(fileName); freeMem(fileName); } // TODO: standardize to a wig as //else if (tdbIsBigWig(tdb)) // asObj = asObjFrombigBed(conn,tdb); else if (tdbIsBam(tdb)) asObj = bamAsObj(); else if (tdbIsVcf(tdb)) asObj = vcfAsObj(); if (startsWithWord("makeItems", tdb->type)) asObj = makeItemsItemAsObj(); else if (sameWord("bedDetail", tdb->type)) asObj = bedDetailAsObj(); else if (sameWord("pgSnp", tdb->type)) asObj = pgSnpAsObj(); else { if (sqlTableExists(conn, "tableDescriptions")) { char query[256]; char *asText = NULL; // Try unsplit table first. safef(query, sizeof(query), - "select autoSqlDef from tableDescriptions where tableName='%s'",tdb->table); + "select autoSqlDef from tableDescriptions where tableName='%s'",tdb->table); asText = sqlQuickString(conn, query); // If no result try split table. if (asText == NULL) { safef(query, sizeof(query), - "select autoSqlDef from tableDescriptions where tableName='chrN_%s'",tdb->table); + "select autoSqlDef from tableDescriptions where tableName='chrN_%s'",tdb->table); asText = sqlQuickString(conn, query); } if (asText != NULL && asText[0] != 0) asObj = asParseText(asText); freez(&asText); } } return asObj; } struct asObject *asForTdb(struct sqlConnection *conn, struct trackDb *tdb) // Get autoSQL description if any associated with table. { struct errCatch *errCatch = errCatchNew(); struct asObject *asObj = NULL; // Wrap some error catching around asForTdbOrDie. if (errCatchStart(errCatch)) { asObj = asForTdbOrDie(conn, tdb); } errCatchEnd(errCatch); errCatchFree(&errCatch); return asObj; } #ifdef OLD /* This got moved to main library . */ struct asColumn *asColumnFind(struct asObject *asObj, char *name) // Return named column. { struct asColumn *asCol = NULL; if (asObj!= NULL) { for (asCol = asObj->columnList; asCol != NULL; asCol = asCol->next) if (sameString(asCol->name, name)) - break; + break; } return asCol; } #endif /* OLD */ struct slName *asColNames(struct asObject *as) // Get list of column names. { struct slName *list = NULL, *el; struct asColumn *col; for (col = as->columnList; col != NULL; col = col->next) { el = slNameNew(col->name); slAddHead(&list, el); } slReverse(&list); return list; }